e10vk
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
Commission File Number 001-31648
 
EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
DELAWARE
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
  74-2806888
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
4601 COLLEGE BOULEVARD, SUITE 300
LEAWOOD, KANSAS
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
66211
(Zip Code)
(913) 327-4200
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of Each Class   Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
     
Common Stock, $0.02 par value
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights
  Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC
Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
Indicate by a check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by a check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
             
Large accelerated filer þ    Accelerated filer o    Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No þ
As of June 30, 2008, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $744.7 million. The aggregate market value was determined based on the closing price of the Common Stock on June 30, 2008.
At February 23, 2009, the registrant had 50,406,566 shares of common stock (the “Common Stock”) outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders in 2009, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 31, 2008, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 

 


 

Table of Contents
             
        3  
 
           
  BUSINESS     3  
  RISK FACTORS     16  
  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS     27  
  PROPERTIES     28  
  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS     28  
      28  
 
           
        29  
 
           
      29  
  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA     31  
      32  
  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK     60  
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA     62  
      96  
  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES     96  
  OTHER INFORMATION     97  
 
           
        98  
 
           
      98  
  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION     98  
      98  
      98  
  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES     98  
 
           
        98  
 
           
  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES     98  
 EX-12.1
 EX-21.1
 EX-23.1
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32.1
 EX-32.2

2


Table of Contents

PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
OVERVIEW
General Overview
Euronet Worldwide, Inc. (together with our subsidiaries, “we,” “us,” “Euronet” or the “Company”) is a leading electronic payments provider, offering automated teller machine (“ATM”), point-of-sale (“POS”) and card outsourcing services, card issuing and merchant acquiring services, integrated electronic financial transaction (“EFT”) software, network gateways, electronic distribution of top-up services for prepaid mobile airtime and other prepaid products, electronic consumer money transfer and bill payment services to financial institutions, mobile operators, retailers and individual customers.
Core Business Segments
We operate in the following three principal business segments as of December 31, 2008:
  An EFT Processing Segment, which processes transactions for a network of 10,128 ATMs and approximately 54,000 POS terminals across Europe, the Middle East and Asia Pacific. We provide comprehensive electronic payment solutions consisting of ATM network participation; outsourced ATM and POS management solutions; credit and debit card outsourcing; card issuing and merchant acquiring services. Through this segment, we also offer a suite of integrated EFT software solutions for electronic payment and transaction delivery systems.
  A Prepaid Processing Segment, which provides electronic distribution of prepaid mobile airtime and other prepaid products and collection services for various prepaid products, cards and services. We are one of the largest international providers of prepaid mobile airtime processing. Including terminals operated by unconsolidated subsidiaries, we operate a network of approximately 430,000 POS terminals providing electronic processing of prepaid mobile airtime top-up services in Europe, the Middle East, Asia Pacific and North America. Through this segment, we are one of the largest international providers of prepaid mobile airtime processing.
  A Money Transfer Segment, which provides global consumer to consumer money transfer services. We offer this service through a sending network of agents and Company-owned stores primarily in Europe and North America, disbursing money transfers through a worldwide payer network. Bill payment services are offered primarily in the U.S. Based on revenues and volumes, through this segment, we are the third-largest global money transfer company.
We have five processing centers in Europe, two in Asia Pacific and two in North America. We have 23 principal offices in Europe, one in the Middle East, five in Asia Pacific and six in North America. Our executive offices are located in Leawood, Kansas, USA.
Historical Perspective
The first company in the Euronet group was established in 1994 as Euronet Bank Access Kft., a Hungarian limited liability company. We began operations in 1995, setting up a processing center in Budapest, Hungary and installing our first ATMs in Hungary, followed by Poland and Germany. The Euronet group was reorganized on March 6, 1997 in connection with its initial public offering, and at that time the operating entities of the Euronet group became wholly-owned subsidiaries of Euronet Services Inc., a Delaware corporation. We changed our name from Euronet Services Inc. to Euronet Worldwide, Inc. in August 2001.
Until December 1998, we devoted substantially all of our resources to establishing and expanding the EFT Processing Segment’s ATM network and outsourced ATM management services business in Europe: including Hungary, Poland, the Czech Republic, Croatia and Germany. We subsequently expanded our presence to the Middle East, Greece, Slovakia, India, Romania, Bulgaria, Serbia, Ukraine and China. We further expanded the product offerings of the EFT Processing Segment through the 2005 acquisition of Instreamline S.A., a Greek company that provides credit card and POS outsourcing services in addition to debit card and transaction gateway switching services in Greece and the Balkan region.
In December 1998, we acquired Arkansas Systems, Inc. (now known as “Euronet USA”), a U.S.-based company that produces electronic payment and transaction delivery systems software for retail banks internationally. In 2007, we combined our EFT and Software segments as both businesses are strategically aligned wherein our software segment is working primarily on supporting our EFT service offerings and processing centers across Europe, the Middle East and Asia Pacific. This has resulted in significant cost savings for us in comparison to using third-party licensing and maintenance options.
In 2003, Euronet complemented its existing EFT and Software business by acquiring a third business, e-pay Limited (“e-pay”), which had offices in the U.K. and Australia. e-pay processes transactions for prepaid services, primarily prepaid mobile airtime. We started

3


Table of Contents

reporting e-pay’s results in a new segment called the Prepaid Processing Segment. The Prepaid Processing Segment subsequently expanded as a result of acquisitions in Germany, Romania, Spain, the U.K. and the U.S. and the establishment of new offices in New Zealand, Poland, India and Italy.
During 2007, we established the Money Transfer Segment after completing the acquisition of Los Angeles-based RIA, the third-largest global money transfer company. Established in 1987, RIA originates and terminates transactions through a network of sending agents and company-owned stores located throughout Europe and North America and an extensive payer network located in multiple countries. The geographic, economic and relationship synergies between RIA and our EFT and Prepaid businesses are substantial. We are working to leverage our existing operations and customer base in both segments to help RIA expand its remittance services across many markets around the world.
2008 Developments
In 2007, our EFT Processing Segment entered the cross-border merchant processing and acquiring business through the execution of an agreement with a large petrol retailer in Central Europe. Under the agreement, Euronet is required to facilitate the migration of the petrol retailer’s decentralized acquiring operations at petrol stations in 12 countries to a single central Single European Payments Area (“SEPA”) compliant cross-border processing platform developed by Euronet. While limited resources were committed to this project in 2007, we significantly increased our commitment in 2008 for the development of the necessary processing systems and capabilities to enter this business, which involves the purchase and design of hardware and software. Merchant acquiring involves processing credit and debit card transactions that are made on POS terminals, including authorization, settlement and processing of settlement files. To date, we have successfully migrated the retailer’s petrol stations in five countries in Central and Eastern Europe to our SEPA compliant processing platform and expect to roll out additional countries in 2009. Our pioneering efforts in launching the first SEPA compliant cross-border merchant acquiring solution in Europe was recognized by leading industry experts at the Cards International Global Awards held in Brussels in June 2008 as “Merchant Acquirer of the Year.”
In our Prepaid Processing Segment, we launched prepaid operations in Greece by signing all three mobile operators in the country and our first retail customer. According to industry sources, currently, there are about 10 million prepaid subscribers in Greece, of which approximately 10% top-up through electronic distribution. During 2008, we were able to significantly strengthen our prepaid position in Australia by taking advantage of shifts in the competitive landscape as a result of our main competitor ceasing business. In our Money Transfer Segment, we entered a new market with the launch of money transfer send operations in Belgium.
In the fourth quarter 2008, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test and determined that certain goodwill and other intangible assets were impaired and we recorded $220.1 million in impairment charges. See Note 10, Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets, Net, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of this non-cash charge.
BUSINESS SEGMENT OVERVIEW
For a discussion of operating results by segment, please see Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and Note 19, Business Segment Information, to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
EFT PROCESSING SEGMENT
Overview
Our EFT Processing Segment provides outsourcing and network services to financial institutions, primarily in the developing markets of Central, Eastern and Southern Europe (Hungary, Poland, the Czech Republic, Croatia, Romania, Slovakia, Serbia, Greece, Bulgaria and Ukraine), the Middle East and Asia Pacific (India and China), as well as in certain developed countries of Western Europe and North America. We provide these services either through our Euronet-owned ATMs or through contracts under which we operate ATMs on behalf of financial institutions. Although all of these markets present opportunities for expanding the sales of our services, we believe opportunities for growth in the ATM services business are greater in our developing markets.
The major source of revenue generated by our ATM network is recurring monthly management fees and transaction-based fees. We receive fixed monthly fees under many of our outsourced management contracts. This element of revenue has been increasing over the last few years. Revenue sources for the EFT Processing Segment also include POS and credit and debit card network management revenue and prepaid mobile phone recharge revenue from ATMs or mobile phone handsets and ATM advertising revenue. The number of ATMs we operate decreased to 10,128 at December 31, 2008 from 11,347 at December 31, 2007. The reduction in ATMs was largely due to the Service Agreement with Bank Machine Limited (“Bank Machine”) in the U.K. expiring and not being renewed in the first quarter 2008.
We monitor the number of transactions made by cardholders on our ATM network. These include cash withdrawals, balance inquiries, deposits, mobile phone airtime recharge purchases and certain denied (unauthorized) transactions. We do not bill certain transactions on our network to financial institutions, and we have excluded these transactions for reporting purposes. The number of transactions

4


Table of Contents

processed over our entire ATM network has increased over the last five years at a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of approximately 32% as indicated in the following table:
                                         
(in millions)   2004   2005   2006   2007   2008
EFT processing transactions per year
    232.5       361.5       463.6       603.8       704.2  
Our processing centers for the EFT Processing Segment are located in Budapest, Hungary; Mumbai, India; Belgrade, Serbia; and Beijing, China. They are staffed 24 hours a day, seven days a week and consist of production IBM iSeries computers, which run the Euronet GoldNet ATM software package.
EFT Processing Products and Services
Outsourced Management Solutions
Euronet offers outsourced management services to financial institutions and other organizations using our processing centers’ electronic financial transaction processing software. Our outsourced management services include management of existing ATM networks, development of new ATM networks, management of POS networks, management of credit and debit card databases and other financial processing services. These services include 24-hour monitoring of each ATM’s status and cash condition, coordinating the cash delivery and management of cash levels in each ATM and providing automatic dispatches for necessary service calls. We also provide real-time transaction authorization, advanced monitoring, network gateway access, network switching, 24-hour customer service, maintenance, cash settlement, forecasting and reporting. Since our infrastructure can support a significant increase in transactions, any new outsourced management services agreements should provide additional revenue with lower incremental cost.
Our outsourced management services agreements generally provide for fixed monthly management fees and, in most cases, fees payable for each transaction. The transaction fees under these agreements are generally lower than those under card acceptance agreements, described below.
Euronet-Branded ATM Transaction Processing
Our Euronet-branded ATM network in Central and Eastern Europe is managed by a processing center that uses our internally developed Integrated Transaction Management® (“ITM”) core software solution. The ATMs in our network are able to process transactions for holders of credit and debit cards issued by or bearing the logos of financial institutions and international card organizations such as American Express®, Diners Club International®, Visa®, MasterCard®/Europay and China Union Pay organizations. This ability is accomplished through our agreements and relationships with these institutions, international credit and debit card issuers and international associations of card issuers.
In a typical ATM transaction, the transaction is routed from the ATM to our processing center and then to the card issuer for authorization. Once authorization is received, the authorization message is routed back to the ATM and the transaction is completed. The card issuer is responsible for authorizing ATM transactions processed on our ATMs. This process normally takes less than 30 seconds.
When a bank cardholder conducts a transaction on a Euronet-owned ATM, we receive a fee from the cardholder’s bank for that transaction. The bank pays us this fee either directly or indirectly through a central switching and settlement network. When paid indirectly, this fee is referred to as the “interchange fee.” All of the banks in a shared ATM and POS switching system establish the amount of the interchange fee by agreement. We receive transaction-processing fees for successful transactions and, in certain circumstances, for transactions that are not completed because they fail to receive authorization. The fees paid to us by the card issuers are independent of any fees charged by the card issuers to cardholders in connection with the ATM transactions. We do not charge cardholders a transaction or access fee for using our ATMs.
We generally receive fees from our customers for four types of ATM transactions:
    cash withdrawals,
 
    balance inquiries,
 
    transactions not completed because the relevant card issuer does not give authorization, and
 
    prepaid telecommunication recharges.
Card Acceptance or Sponsorship Agreements
Our agreements with financial institutions and international card organizations generally provide that all credit and debit cards issued by the customer financial institution or organization may be used at all ATM machines that we operate in a given market. In most markets, we have agreements with a financial institution under which we are designated as a service provider (which we refer to as “sponsorship agreements”) for the acceptance of cards bearing international logos, such as Visa and MasterCard. These card acceptance or sponsorship agreements allow us to receive transaction authorization directly from the card issuing institution or

5


Table of Contents

international card organization. Our agreements generally provide for a term of three to seven years and are automatically renewed unless either party provides notice of non-renewal prior to the termination date. In some cases, the agreements are terminable by either party upon six months notice. We are generally able to connect a financial institution to our network within 30 to 90 days of signing a card acceptance agreement. Generally, the financial institution provides the cash needed to complete transactions on the ATM, although we have contracted with a financial institution for cash supply in the Czech Republic. Under our card acceptance agreements, the ATM transaction fees we charge vary depending on the type of transaction and the number of transactions attributable to a particular card issuer. Our agreements generally provide for payment in local currency. Transaction fees are sometimes denominated in U.S. dollars or are adjusted for inflation. Transaction fees are billed to financial institutions and card organizations with payment terms typically no longer than one month.
Other Products and Services
Our network of owned or operated ATMs allows for the sale of financial and other products or services at a low incremental cost. We have developed value-added services in addition to basic cash withdrawal and balance inquiry transactions. These value added services include electronic bill payment, ATM advertising and the sale of prepaid mobile airtime recharge services from ATMs or mobile phone devices. We are committed to the ongoing development of innovative new products and services to offer our EFT processing customers and intend to implement additional services as markets develop.
In Poland, Hungary, Croatia, Romania, Czech Republic, Slovakia and India, we have established electronic connections to some or all of the major mobile phone operators. These connections permit us to transmit to them electronic requests to recharge mobile phone accounts. We operate networks of ATMs in these markets to offer customers of the mobile operators the ability to credit their prepaid mobile phone accounts.
We have expanded our outsourced management solutions beyond ATMs to include credit and debit card and POS terminal management services. We support these services using our proprietary software products. Since 1996, we have sold advertising on our ATM network. Clients can display their advertisements on our ATM video screens, on the ATM receipts and on coupons dispensed with cash from the ATMs.
We offer a suite of integrated EFT software solutions for electronic payments and transaction delivery systems. We generate revenue for our software products from licensing, professional services and maintenance fees for software and sales of related hardware, primarily to financial institutions around the world.
Commencing in February 2008, Euronet offered multinational merchants a SEPA compliant cross-border transaction processing solution. SEPA is an area in which all electronic payments can be made and received in the euro, whether between or within national boundaries, under the same basic conditions, rights and obligations, regardless of their location. This single centralized acquiring platform enables merchants to benefit from cost savings and faster, more efficient payments transfer.
EFT Processing Segment Strategy
Financial institutions in both developing and developed markets are receptive to outsourcing the operation of their ATM, POS and card networks. The operation of these devices requires expensive hardware and software and specialized personnel. These resources are available to us, and we offer them to financial institutions under outsourcing contracts. The expansion and enhancement of our outsourced management solutions in new and existing markets will remain an important business opportunity for Euronet. Increasing the number of non-owned ATMs that we operate under management services agreements and continued development of our credit and debit card outsourcing business should provide continued growth while minimizing our capital investment.
We continually strive to make our own ATM networks more efficient by eliminating underperforming ATMs and installing ATMs in more desirable locations. Moreover, we will make selective additions to our own ATM network if we see market demand and profit opportunities.
The EFT Processing Segment’s ATM and Mobile Recharge line of services are strengthened through complementary services offered by our Prepaid Processing Segment, where we provide top-up services through POS terminals. We intend to expand our technology and business methods into other markets where we operate and expect to leverage our relationships with mobile operators and financial institutions to facilitate expansion.
Additionally, our software products are an integral part of the EFT Processing Segment product lines, and our investment in research, development, delivery and customer support reflects our ongoing commitment to an expanded customer base both internal and external. Our ITM software is used by our Budapest, Mumbai, Beijing and Belgrade processing centers in our EFT Processing Segment, including our Euronet Middle East joint venture processing center in Bahrain, resulting in cost savings and added value compared to third-party license and maintenance options. Furthermore, we have identified opportunities to provide processing services to our software solutions customers and we believe our ability to develop, adapt and control our own software gives us credibility with our processing services customers. We have been able to enter into agreements under which we contribute the right to use our ITM

6


Table of Contents

software in lieu of cash as our initial capital contributions to new transaction processing joint ventures. Such contributions permit us to enter new markets without significant cash outlays.
Seasonality
Our business is significantly impacted by seasonality during the fourth quarter and first quarter of each year due to higher transaction levels during the holiday season and lower levels after the holiday season. We have estimated that, absent unusual circumstances (such as the impact of new acquisitions or unusually high levels of growth due to market factors), the overall revenue realized in the EFT Processing Segment is likely to be approximately 5% to 10% lower during the first quarter of each year than in the fourth quarter of the year. We have historically experienced minimal differences between the second and third quarters of each year.
Significant Customers and Government Contracts
No individual customer of the EFT Processing Segment makes up greater than 10% of consolidated total revenue. We do not have any government contracts in the EFT Processing Segment.
Competition
Our principal EFT Processing competitors include ATM networks owned by financial institutions and national switches consisting of consortiums of local banks that provide outsourcing and transaction services to financial institutions and independent ATM deployers in a particular country. Additionally, large, well-financed companies that operate ATMs offer ATM network and outsourcing services, and those that provide card outsourcing, POS processing and merchant acquiring services also compete with us in various markets. None of these competitors have a dominant market share in any of our markets. Competitive factors in our EFT Processing Segment include breadth of service offering network availability and response time, price to both the financial institution and to its customers, ATM location and access to other networks.
Discontinued Operations
During the second quarter 2008, the Company committed to a plan to sell Euronet Essentis Limited (“Essentis”), a U.K. software entity, in order to focus its investments and resources on its transaction processing businesses. The Company is in the process of selling the business.
PREPAID PROCESSING SEGMENT
Overview
We currently offer prepaid mobile phone top-up services and certain other prepaid products on a network of 430,000 POS terminals across 223,000 retailer locations in Europe, the Middle East, Asia Pacific and North America. We are one of the largest international providers of prepaid processing, or “top-up,” services for prepaid mobile airtime. Our processing centers for the Prepaid Processing Segment are located in Basildon, U.K.; Martinsried, Germany; Madrid, Spain; and Leawood, Kansas, U.S.
Since 2003, we have continually expanded our prepaid business and plan to further expand our operations in our existing markets and other markets by taking advantage of our expertise together with relationships with mobile operators and retailers. In addition to prepaid airtime, we distribute other prepaid products across our retail networks, including prepaid debit cards, gift cards, prepaid mobile content such as music, ringtones and games, prepaid long distance and bill payment.
Sources of Revenue
The major source of revenue generated by our Prepaid Processing Segment is commissions or processing fees received from telecommunications service providers for the sale and distribution of prepaid mobile airtime. We also generate revenue from commissions earned from the distribution of other prepaid products.
Customers using mobile phones generally pay for their usage in two ways:
    through “postpaid” accounts, where usage is billed at the end of each billing period, and
 
    through “prepaid” accounts, where customers pay in advance by crediting their accounts prior to usage.
Although mobile operators in the U.S. and certain European countries have provided service principally through postpaid accounts, the trend in many other countries in Europe and the rest of the world is to offer wireless service on a prepaid basis. It is believed that this shift is driven by customers’ perception that prepaid products better meet their needs and enable them to better control their monthly wireless expenditures.
Currently, two principal methods are available to credit prepaid accounts (referred to as “top-up” of accounts). The first is through the purchase of “scratch cards” bearing a PIN (personal identification number) that, when entered into a customer’s mobile phone

7


Table of Contents

account, credits the account by the value of airtime purchased. Scratch cards are sold predominantly through retail outlets. The second is through various electronic means of crediting accounts using POS terminals. Electronic top-up (or “e-top-up”) methods have several advantages over scratch cards, primarily because electronic methods do not require the cost of creation, distribution and management of a physical inventory of cards or involve the risk of losses stemming from fraud, theft and mismanagement. Prior to 2004, scratch cards were the predominant method of crediting mobile phone accounts in most developed markets. However, since 2004, a shift has occurred in these markets away from usage of scratch cards and e-top-up is now the predominant method.
Our Prepaid Processing Segment processes the sale of prepaid mobile phone minutes to consumers through networks of POS terminals and direct connections to the electronic payment systems of retailers. In some markets, we enter into agreements with mobile phone operators and connect directly to their back-office systems. In other markets, we distribute mobile phone time by connecting directly to the mobile operators or by purchasing PINs that enable airtime top-up. We then distribute the mobile phone time electronically through POS terminals either via a direct credit from the mobile operator to the mobile phone or via the sales of PINs. The business has grown rapidly over the past few years as new retailers have been added and prepaid airtime distribution has switched from scratch cards to electronic means.
In our prepaid markets, we expand our distribution networks through the signing of new contracts with retailers, and in some markets, through the acquisition of existing networks. We also seek to improve the results of our existing networks through the addition of new mobile operators in markets where we do not already distribute all of the available prepaid time and the addition of other prepaid products not necessarily related to the mobile operators. In addition, in the U.S. we are expanding our sales presence in all sales segments. We are continuing to focus on our growing network of distributors, generally referred to as Independent Sales Organizations (“ISOs”), that contract with retailers in their network to distribute PINs from their terminals. We continue to increase our focus on direct relationships with chains of independent convenience stores and other larger scale retailers, where we can negotiate agreements with the merchant on a multiyear basis.
To distribute PINs, we establish an electronic connection with the POS terminals and maintain systems that monitor transaction levels at each terminal. As sales to customers of mobile airtime are completed, the customer pays the retailer and the retailer becomes obligated to make settlement to us of the principal amount of the phone time sold. We maintain systems that enable us to monitor the payment practices of each retailer.
Prepaid Processing Products and Services
Prepaid Mobile Airtime Transaction Processing
We process prepaid mobile airtime top-up transactions on our POS network across Europe, the Middle East, Asia Pacific and North America for two types of clients: distributors and retailers. Both types of client transactions start with a consumer in a retail store. The retailer uses a specially programmed POS terminal in the store or the retailer’s electronic cash register (“ECR”) system that is connected to our network to buy prepaid airtime. The customer will select a predefined amount of prepaid airtime from the carrier of his choice, and the retailer enters the selection into the POS terminal. The consumer will pay that amount to the retailer (in cash or other payment methods accepted by the retailer). The POS device then transmits the selected transaction to our processing center. Using the electronic connection we maintain with the mobile operator or drawing from our inventory of PINs, the purchased amount of airtime will be either credited to the consumer’s account or delivered via a PIN printed by the terminal and given to the consumer. In the case of PINs printed by the terminal, the consumer must then call a mobile operator’s toll-free number to activate the purchased airtime to this consumer’s mobile account.
One difference in our relationships with various retailers and distributors is how we charge for our services. For distributors and certain very large retailers we charge a processing fee. However, the majority of our transactions occur with smaller retailer clients. With these clients, we receive a commission on each transaction that is withheld from the payments made to the mobile operator, and we share that commission with the retailers.
We monitor the number of transactions made on our prepaid networks. The number of transactions processed on our entire POS network has increased over the last five years at a CAGR of approximately 33% as indicated in the following table:
                                         
(in millions)   2004   2005   2006   2007   2008
Prepaid processing transactions per year
    228.6       348.0       457.8       634.8       713.1  
Retailer and Distributor Contracts
We provide our prepaid services through POS terminals installed in retail outlets or, in the case of major retailers, through direct connections between their ECR systems and our processing centers. In markets where we operate e-pay technology (the U.K., Australia, Poland, Ireland, New Zealand, Spain, Greece, India, Italy and the U.S.), we generally own and maintain the POS terminals. In Germany, Austria and Romania, the terminals are sold to the retailers or to distributors who service the retailer. Our agreements with major retailers for the POS services typically have one to three-year terms. These agreements include terms regarding the

8


Table of Contents

connection of our networks to the respective retailer’s registers or payment terminals or the maintenance of POS terminals, and obligations concerning settlement and liability for transactions processed. Generally, our agreements with individual or small retailers have shorter terms and provide that either party can terminate the agreement upon three to six months’ notice.
In Germany, distributors have historically controlled the sale of mobile phone scratch cards, and they now are key intermediaries in the sale of e-top-up. Our business in Germany is substantially concentrated in, and dependent upon, relationships with our major distributors. The termination of any of our agreements with major distributors could materially and adversely affect our Prepaid business in Germany. However, we have been establishing agreements with independent German retailers in order to diversify our exposure to such distributors.
Other Products and Services
Our POS network can be used for the distribution of other products and services. Although prepaid mobile airtime is the primary product distributed through our Prepaid Processing Segment, additional products include prepaid long distance calling card plans, prepaid Internet plans, prepaid debit cards, prepaid gift cards, bill payment, money transfer and prepaid mobile content such as music, ringtones and games. In certain locations, the terminals used for prepaid services can also be used for electronic funds transfer to process credit and debit card payments for retail merchandise.
Prepaid Processing Segment Strategy
We plan to expand our prepaid processing business in our existing markets and new markets by taking advantage of our expansive distribution network and existing relationships with mobile phone operators and retailers. Although all of these markets present opportunities for expanding the sales of our services, we believe opportunities for transaction growth in the Prepaid Processing Segment are greater in Poland, Germany, Italy, Romania and India, where there is organic growth of prepaid products in the prepaid markets.
Seasonality
Our prepaid business is significantly impacted by seasonality during the fourth quarter and first quarter of each year due to the higher transaction levels during the holiday season and lower levels following the holiday season. We expect that, absent unusual circumstances (such as the impact of new acquisitions or unusually high levels of growth due to market factors), the overall revenue realized is likely to be 5% to 10% lower during the first quarter than in the fourth quarter of the year. We have historically experienced minimal differences between the second and third quarters of each year.
Significant Customers and Government Contracts
No individual customer of our Prepaid Processing Segment makes up greater than 10% of consolidated total revenue. In 2008, we did not have any government contracts in any country within the Prepaid Processing Segment; our first government contract is with the London transport agency and that contract will not be implemented until 2009.
Competition
We face competition in the prepaid business in all of our markets. We compete with a few multinational companies that operate in several of our markets. In other markets, our competition is from smaller, local companies. The mobile operators in all of our markets have retail distribution networks of their own through which they offer top-up of their own products. None of these companies is dominant in any of the markets where we do business.
We believe, however, that we currently have a competitive advantage due to various factors. First, in the U.K., Germany and Australia, our acquired subsidiaries have been concentrating on the sale of electronic prepaid mobile airtime for longer than most of our competitors and have significant market presence in those markets. In addition, we offer complementary ATM and mobile recharge solutions through our EFT processing centers. We believe this improves our ability to solicit the use of networks of devices owned by third parties (for example, banks and switching networks) to deliver recharge services. In selected developing markets, we expect to establish a first to market advantage by rolling out terminals rapidly before competition is established. We also have an extremely flexible technical platform that enables us to tailor POS solutions to individual merchant and mobile operator requirements where appropriate. The GPRS (wireless) technology, designed by our Transact subsidiary, will also give us an advantage in remote areas where landline phone lines are of lesser quality or nonexistent.

9


Table of Contents

The principal competitive factors in this area include price (that is, the level of commission paid to retailers for each recharge transaction), breadth of mobile operator product and up-time offered on the system. Major retailers with high volumes are in a position to demand a larger share of the commission, which increases the amount of competition among service providers. Recently, we are seeing signs that mobile operators may wish to take over and expand their own distribution networks of prepaid time, and in doing so, they may become our competitors.
MONEY TRANSFER SEGMENT
Overview
We began reporting the results of this segment in the second quarter 2007 after we completed the acquisition of RIA, which established Euronet the third-largest global money transfer company. Our Money Transfer segment processed approximately $6 billion in money transfers in 2008. We originate transfers through a network of sending agents, including Company-owned stores located in Europe and North America and disburse money transfers through an extensive payer network in more than 100 countries.
Our sending agent network includes our own stores, large/medium size regional retailers, convenience stores, bodegas, multi-service shops and phone centers, which are predominantly found in areas with a large immigrant population. Each money transfer transaction is processed using the Company’s proprietary software system and checked for security, completeness and compliance with federal regulations at every step of the process. The sender can track the progress of their transfer through RIA’s customer service representatives, and funds are delivered quickly to their beneficiary via our extensive payout network, which includes large banks and non-bank financial institutions, post offices and large retailers. As of December 31, 2008, we provided consumer-to-consumer money transfer services through a network of approximately 75,800 locations. Our processing center for the Money Transfer Segment is located in Cerritos, California and we operate call centers in El Salvador and Spain and provide multi-lingual customer service for both our agents and consumers.
Our money transfer sending network is also used to offer other products and services. Additional product offerings through our sending agents include bill payment services enabling over-the-counter payments for utilities, wireless and cable bills; money orders; prepaid debit cards; comprehensive check cashing service for a wide variety of issued checks; and foreign currency exchange services.
Money Transfer Services
We offer consumer-to-consumer money transfer services primarily through three channels at agent locations and company-owned stores: by phone (“TeleRIA”), via computer (“RIA Online”) and card-based over a POS terminal (“Rialink”). All three types of transactions start with a consumer in an agent location or own store. Through our TeleRIA service, customers connect to our call center from a telephone available at an agent location or RIA store and a representative collects the information over the telephone and enters it directly into our secure proprietary system. As soon as the data capture is complete, our central system automatically faxes a confirmation receipt to the agent location for the customer to review and sign and the customer pays the agent the money to be transferred, together with a fee. In an online transaction, customers provide the required information to the agent who enters the data into our online platform via a computer using a unique username and password. The real-time online connection we maintain with the agent enables the agent to generate a receipt and complete the transaction. Transactions through our newest channel, Rialink, are similar to online transactions, but are initiated over a POS terminal once the customer has completed a one-time enrollment over the phone with our customer service representative. After completing a successful pilot, Rialink has become a part of our main product offering and has shown great results in high volume stores and agent locations in our select send markets due to the speed, efficiency and ease of use of the POS transfer method, resulting in increased customer retention. We intend to roll out our Rialink money transfer product across more markets and locations. We will continue to enhance this product offering by adding a loyalty program to the card and combining it with prepaid debit technology.
Sources of Revenue
Revenue in the Money Transfer Segment is primarily derived through the charging of a transaction fee, as well as the difference between purchasing foreign currency at wholesale exchange rates and selling the foreign currency to consumers at retail exchange rates. We have an origination network in place comprised of agents and Company-owned stores in Europe and North America and a worldwide network of correspondent agents, consisting primarily of financial institutions in the transfer destination countries. Origination and correspondent agents each earn fees for cash collection and distribution services. These fees are recognized as direct operating costs at the time of sale.
Money Transfer Segment Strategy
Through RIA, we have established high-potential money transfer corridors from the U.S. and internationally beyond the traditional U.S. to Mexico corridor. In 2007, the Company started to leverage synergies and cross-selling opportunities between business segments to further expand RIA’s global money transfer send and receive network. Based on the successful outcome of the cross-sell

10


Table of Contents

initiatives, our key focus in 2009 and beyond is to continue to take advantage of cross-selling opportunities with our Prepaid and EFT Segments by providing prepaid services through RIA’s stores and agents in multiple countries; offering our money transfer services at ethnically-focused prepaid retail locations in key markets; and leveraging our banking and merchant/retailer relationships to expand our agent network in high-growth corridors in Europe and Asia to further grow our market share in the multi-billion dollar money transfer industry.
Seasonality
Our money transfer business is significantly impacted by seasonality that varies by region. In most of our markets we experience increased money transfer transaction levels during the month of May and in the fourth quarter of each year, coinciding with various holidays. Additionally, in the U.S. to Mexico corridor, we usually experience our heaviest volume during the May through October timeframe, coinciding with the increase in worker migration patterns, and our lowest volumes during the first quarter. During the first quarter of each year we have historically experienced a 5% to 10% decrease in overall transactions when compared to the fourth quarter.
Significant Customers and Government Contracts
No individual customer of our Money Transfer Segment makes up greater than 10% of consolidated total revenue. There are no government contracts with any country within the Money Transfer Segment.
Competition
Our primary competitors in the money transfer and bill payment business include other independent processors and electronic money transmitters, as well as certain major national and regional banks, financial institutions and independent sales organizations. Our competitors include The Western Union Company, MoneyGram International Inc., Global Payments Inc. and others, some of which are larger than we are and have greater resources and access to capital for expansion than we have. This may allow them to offer better pricing terms to customers, agents or correspondents, which may result in a loss of our current or potential customers or could force us to lower our prices. In addition to traditional money payment services, new technologies are emerging that may effectively compete with traditional money payment services, such as stored-value cards, debit networks and Web-based services. Our continued growth also depends upon our ability to compete effectively with these alternative technologies.
PRODUCT RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND ENHANCEMENT
In the EFT Processing Segment, development has historically focused on expanding the range of services offered to our bank customers from ATM and POS outsourcing to card processing and software services. In 2007, we made significant investments to develop new cross-border merchant acquiring capabilities that we are now offering to multinational merchants.
In our Prepaid Processing Segment, development has focused on expanding the types of prepaid products and services available to consumers over our network to include, for example, prepaid gift and debit cards, and bill payment capabilities. This is intended to make our offerings more attractive to retailers.
We have made an ongoing commitment to the maintenance and improvement of our software products. We regularly engage in software product development and enhancement activities aimed at the development and delivery of new products, services and processes to our customers. Our research and development costs for software products to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed totaled $3.4 million, $3.1 million and $3.1 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Amounts capitalized were $2.0 million, $1.4 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA
For information on results from operations, property and equipment, and total assets by geographic location, please see Note 19, Business Segment Information, to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, see Item 1A – Risk Factors, for risk factors related to foreign operations.
EMPLOYEES
We had approximately 2,500 employees as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and 1,100 employees as of December 31, 2006. The increase during 2007 was primarily the result of the acquisition of RIA, which has a large call center staff, discussed in Note 6, Acquisitions, to the Consolidated Financial Statements. We believe our future success will depend in part on our ability to continue to recruit, retain and motivate qualified management, technical and administrative employees. Currently, no union represents any of our employees, except in our Spanish subsidiary. We experienced only one minor (five day) work stoppage by our workforce in France and we consider relations with our employees to be good.

11


Table of Contents

GOVERNMENT REGULATION
As discussed below, certain of our business activities are subject to regulation in some of our current markets. In the Money Transfer Segment we are subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations of the U.S., individual U.S. states, foreign markets and other governmental jurisdictions where we operate. These include international, federal and state anti-money laundering laws and regulations; money transfer and payment instrument licensing laws, escheat laws, laws covering consumer privacy, data protection and information security and consumer disclosure and consumer protection laws. Our operations have also been subject to increasingly strict requirements intended to help prevent and detect a variety of illegal financial activity, including money laundering, terrorist financing, unauthorized access to personal customer data and other illegal activities. The more significant of these laws and regulations are discussed below. Noncompliance with these laws and requirements could result in the loss or suspension of licenses or registrations required to provide money transfer services by either RIA or its agents. For more discussion, see Item 1A – Risk Factors.
Under German law, only licensed financial institutions may operate ATMs in Germany. Therefore, we may not operate our own ATM network in Germany without a sponsor, which is Bankhaus August Lenz (“BAL”). In that market, we act only as a subcontractor providing certain ATM-related services to BAL. As a result, our activities in the German market currently are entirely dependent upon the continuance of our agreement with BAL, or the ability to enter into a similar agreement with another institution in the event of the termination of such agreement. While we believe, based on our experience, that we should be able to find a replacement for BAL if the agreement with BAL were to be terminated for any reason, the inability to maintain the BAL agreement or to enter into a similar agreement with another institution upon a termination of the BAL agreement could have a material adverse effect on our operations in Germany. For further information, see Item 1A – Risk Factors.
Any expansion of our activity into areas that are qualified as “financial activity” under local legislation may subject us to licensing and we may be required to comply with various conditions to obtain such licenses. Moreover, the interpretations of bank regulatory authorities as to the activity we currently conduct might change in the future. We monitor our business for compliance with applicable laws or regulations regarding financial activities.
Money Transfer and Payment Instrument Licensing
Licensing requirements in the U.S. are generally driven by the various state banking departments regulating the businesses of money transfers and issuance of payment instruments. Typical requirements include the meeting of minimum net worth requirements, maintaining permissible investments (e.g., cash, agent receivables, and government –backed securities) at levels commensurate with outstanding payment obligations and the filing of a security instrument (typically in the form of a surety bond) to offset the risk of default of trustee obligations by the license holder. We are required by many regulators to file interim reports of licensed activity, most often on a quarterly basis, that address changes to agent and branch locations, operating and financial performance, permissible investments and outstanding transmission liabilities. These periodic reports are utilized by the regulator to monitor ongoing compliance with state licensing laws. A number of major state regulators also conduct periodic examinations of license holders and their authorized delegates, generally with a frequency of every one to two years. Examinations are most often comprehensive in nature, addressing both the safety and soundness and overall compliance by the license holder with regard to state and federal regulations. Such examinations are typically performed on-site at the license holder’s headquarters or operations center; however, a number of states will choose to perform examinations off-site. Many states also require money transmitters, issuers of payment instruments and their agents to comply with federal and/or state anti-money laundering laws and regulations. In summary, our Money Transfer Segment, as well as our agent network, is subject to regulations issued by the different state regulators who license us, Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the Bank Secrecy Act as amended by the USA PATRIOT ACT (“BSA”), the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FINCEN”), as well as any existing or future regulations that impact any aspect of our money transfer business.
A similar set of regulations applies to our money transfer businesses in most of the foreign countries in which we originate transactions. These laws and regulations include monetary limits for money transfers into or out of a country, rules regarding the foreign currency exchange rates offered, as well as other limitations or rules for which we must maintain compliance.
Regulatory bodies in the U.S. and abroad may impose additional rules on the conduct of our Money Transfer Segment that could have a significant impact on our operations and our agent network.
Escheat Regulations
Our Money Transfer Segment is subject to the unclaimed or abandoned property (i.e. “escheat”) regulations of the U.S. and certain foreign countries in which we operate. These laws require us to turn over property held by the Company on behalf of others remaining unclaimed after specified periods of time (i.e., “dormancy” or “escheat” periods). Such abandoned property is generally attributable to the failure of beneficiary parties to claim money transfers or the failure to negotiate money orders, a form of payment instrument. We have policies and programs in place to help us monitor the required relevant information relating to each money transfer or payment

12


Table of Contents

instrument for possible eventual reporting to the jurisdiction from which the order was originally received. In the U.S., reporting of unclaimed property by money service companies is performed annually, generally with a due date of on or before November 1. State banking department regulators will typically include a review of Company escheat procedures and related filings as part of their examination protocol.
Privacy and Information Security Regulations
Our Money Transfer Segment operations involve the collection and storage of certain types of personal customer data that are subject to privacy and security laws in the U.S. and abroad. In the United States, we are subject to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”), which requires that financial institutions have in place policies regarding the collection, processing, storage and disclosure of information considered nonpublic personal information. Laws in other countries include those adopted by the member states of the European Union under Directive 95/46 EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 October 1995 (the “Directive”), as well as the laws of other countries. The Directive prohibits the transfer of personal data to non-European Union member nations that do not provide adequate protection for personal data. In some cases, the privacy laws of an EU member state may be more restrictive than the Directive and may impose additional requirements that we must comply with to operate in the respective country. Generally, these laws restrict the collection, processing, storage, use and disclosure of personal information and require that we safeguard personal customer data to prevent unauthorized access.
We comply with the GLBA and any state privacy provision by posting a privacy notice on the receipts provided to the consumers upon completion of a transaction. In addition, we comply with the Directive using the safe harbor permitted by the Directive by filing with the U.S. Department of Commerce, publicly declaring our privacy policy for information collected outside of the U.S., posting our privacy policy on our Web site and requiring our agents in the European Union to notify customers of the privacy policy.
Recently, as identity theft has been on the rise, there has been increased public attention to concerns about information security and consumer privacy, accompanied by laws and regulations addressing the issue. We believe we are compliant with these laws and regulations; however, this is an area that is rapidly evolving and there can be no assurance that we will continue to meet the existing and new regulations, which could have a material, adverse impact on our Money Transfer Segment business.
Money Transfer Compliance Policies and Programs
We have developed risk-based policies and programs to comply with the existing, new or changed laws, regulations and other requirements outlined above, including having dedicated compliance personnel, training programs, automated monitoring systems and support functions for our offices and agents. To assist in managing and monitoring our money laundering and terrorist financing risks, we continue to have our compliance program independently examined on an annual basis. In addition, we continue to enhance our anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing compliance policy, procedures, monitoring systems and staffing levels.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Each of our three operating segments utilizes intellectual property which is protected in varying degrees by a combination of trademark, patent and copyright laws, as well as trade secret protection, license and confidentiality agreements.
The brand names of “RIA,” “RIA Envia” and “AFEX,” derivations of those brand names and certain other brand names are material to our Money Transfer Segment and are registered trademarks and/or service marks in most of the markets in which our Money Transfer Segment operates. Consumer perception of these brand names is important to the growth prospects of our money transfer business. We also hold a U.S. patent on a card-based money transfer and bill payment system that allows transactions to be initiated primarily through POS terminals and integrated cash register systems.
With respect to our EFT Processing Segment, we have registered or applied for registration of our trademarks including the names “Euronet” and “Bankomat” and/or the blue diamond logo as well as other trade names in most markets in which these trademarks are used. Certain trademark authorities have notified us that they consider these trademarks to be generic and therefore not protected by trademark laws. This determination does not affect our ability to use the Euronet trademark in those markets but it would prevent us from stopping other parties from using it in competition with Euronet. We have registered the “Euronet” trademark in the class of ATM machines in Germany, the U.K. and certain other Western European countries. We have filed pending patent applications for a number of our new software products and our new processing technology, including our recharge services.
With respect to our Prepaid Processing Segment, we have registered the “e-pay” logo trademark in the U.K. and Australia. We also hold trademarks for our prepaid operating subsidiaries in other jurisdictions, including PaySpot, Inc. (“PaySpot”) in the U.S. We cannot be certain that we will be entitled to use the e-pay trademark in any markets other than those in which we have registered the trademark. In 2003, we filed a series of patent applications for our POS recharge and certain other products in support of e-pay and PaySpot technology. As of the date of this report, these patents are still pending. We also hold a patent license covering certain of PaySpot’s operations in the U.S.

13


Table of Contents

Technology in the areas in which we operate is developing very rapidly, and we are aware that many other companies have filed patent applications for products, processes and services similar to those we provide. The procedures of the U.S. patent office make it impossible for us to predict whether our patent applications will be approved or will be granted priority dates that are earlier than other patents that have been filed for similar products or services. Moreover, the Prepaid Processing business is an area in which many “process patents” have been filed in the U.S. over recent years covering processes that are in wide use in the industry. If any of these patents are considered to cover technology that has been incorporated into our systems, we may be required to obtain additional licenses and pay royalties to the holders of such patents to continue to use the affected technology or be prohibited from continuing the offering of such services if licenses are not obtained. This could materially and adversely affect our business.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
The name, age, period of service and position held by each of our Executive Officers as of February 28, 2009 are as follows:
                 
Name   Age   Served Since   Position Held
Michael J. Brown
    52     July 1994   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Kevin J. Caponecchi
    42     July 2007   President
Rick L. Weller
    51     November 2002   Executive Vice President — Chief Financial Officer
Jeffrey B. Newman
    54     December 1996   Executive Vice President — General Counsel
Juan C. Bianchi
    38     April 2007   Executive Vice President — Managing Director, Money Transfer Segment
Roger Heinz
    48     September 2008   Senior Vice President — Managing Director, Europe EFT Processing Segment
Gareth Gumbley
    36     May 2008   Senior Vice President — Managing Director, Prepaid Processing Segment
MICHAEL J. BROWN is one of the founders of Euronet and has served as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since 1996. He also co-founded our predecessor in 1994. Mr. Brown has been a Director of Euronet since our incorporation in December 1996 and previously served on the boards of Euronet’s predecessor companies. In 1979, Mr. Brown founded Innovative Software, Inc., a computer software company that was merged in 1988 with Informix. Mr. Brown served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Informix from February 1988 to January 1989. He served as President of the Workstation Products Division of Informix from January 1989 until April 1990. In 1993, Mr. Brown was a founding investor of Visual Tools, Inc. Visual Tools, Inc. was acquired by Sybase Software in 1996. Mr. Brown received a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Missouri — Columbia in 1979 and a M.S. in Molecular and Cellular Biology at the University of Missouri — Kansas City in 1997.
KEVIN J. CAPONECCHI, President. Mr. Caponecchi joined Euronet as President in July 2007. Prior to joining Euronet, Mr. Caponecchi served in various capacities with subsidiaries of General Electric Company for 17 years. From 2003 until June 2007, Mr. Caponecchi served as President of GE Global Signaling, a provider of products and services to freight, passenger and mass transit systems. From 1998 through 2002, Mr. Caponecchi served as General Manager – Technology for GE Consumer & Industrial, a provider of consumer appliances, lighting products and electrical products. Mr. Caponecchi holds degrees in physics from Franklin and Marshall College and industrial engineering from Columbia University.
RICK L. WELLER, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Weller has been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Euronet since he joined Euronet in November 2002. From January 2002 to October 2002, he was the sole proprietor of Pivotal Associates, a business development firm. From November 1999 to December 2001, Mr. Weller held the position of Chief Operating Officer of ionex telecommunications, inc., a local exchange company. He is a certified public accountant and received his B.S. in Accounting from University of Central Missouri.
JEFFREY B. NEWMAN, Executive Vice President, General Counsel. Mr. Newman has been Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Euronet since January 2000. He joined Euronet in December 1996 as Vice President and General Counsel. Prior to this, he practiced law with the Washington D.C. based law firm of Arent Fox Kintner Plotkin & Kahn and the Paris based law firm of Salans Hertzfeld & Heilbronn. He is a member of District of Columbia and Paris bars. He received a B.A. in Political Science and French from Ohio University in 1976 and law degrees from Ohio State University and the University of Paris.
JUAN C. BIANCHI, Executive Vice President, Managing Director — Money Transfer Segment. Mr. Bianchi joined Euronet subsequent to the acquisition of RIA. Prior to the acquisition, Mr. Bianchi served as the Chief Executive Officer of RIA and has spent his entire career at either RIA or AFEX Money Express, a money transfer company purchased by RIA’s founders. Mr. Bianchi began his career at AFEX in Chile in 1992, joined AFEX USA’s operations in 1996, and became chief operating officer of AFEX-RIA in 2003. Mr. Bianchi studied business at the Universidad Andres Bello in Chile and completed the Executive Program in Management at UCLA’s John E. Anderson School of Business.
ROGER HEINZ, Senior Vice President, Managing Director — Europe EFT Processing Segment. Mr. Heinz joined Euronet in 1997 as managing director of the Company’s German EFT subsidiary. Most recently, he was managing director in charge of EFT operations in Western Europe and was also responsible for the EFT division’s revenue generation efforts in Central and Eastern Europe. In

14


Table of Contents

September 2008, Mr. Heinz took over his current role as Managing Director of the Company’s Europe EFT Processing Segment. Prior to joining Euronet, Mr. Heinz spent 12 years working with NCR in Germany and Poland as sales manager and sales and operations director.
GARETH GUMBLEY, Senior Vice President, Managing Director — Prepaid Processing Segment. Mr. Gumbley joined Euronet in 2004 as managing director for the Company’s prepaid businesses in Australia and New Zealand. In May 2008, Mr. Gumbley took over his current responsibility as managing director of Euronet’s Prepaid Processing Segment. Prior to joining Euronet, he served as chief executive officer of Dialect Solutions (a News Corporation company), a global Internet payments processor. Mr. Gumbley is a member of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants and a member of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.
Departure of Directors or Certain Officers
In May 2008, Miro I. Bergman resigned the positions of Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of the Company’s Prepaid Segment. Mr. Bergman continues to be an employee of the Company and to act, on a limited basis, as an advisor to the CEO and executive management team. The Company replaced Mr. Bergman as Chief Operations Officer of the Prepaid Processing Segment through internal recruitment.
AVAILABILITY OF REPORTS, CERTAIN COMMITTEE CHARTERS AND OTHER INFORMATION
Our Web site addresses are www.euronetworldwide.com and www.eeft.com. We make all Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) public filings, including our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act available on our Web site free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after these documents are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information on our Web site is not, and shall not be deemed to be a part of this report or incorporated into any other filings we make with the SEC. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding Euronet.
The charters for our Audit, Compensation, and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committees, as well as the Code of Business Conduct & Ethics for our employees, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, are available on our Web site at www.euronetworldwide.com in the “Investors” section.
We will also provide printed copies of these materials to any stockholders, upon request to Euronet Worldwide, Inc., 4601 College Boulevard, Suite 300, Leawood, Kansas, U.S.A. 66211, Attention: Investor Relations.

15


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing our company. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations.
If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline substantially.
This Annual Report also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Risks Related to Our Business
We have a substantial amount of debt and other contractual commitments, and the cost of servicing those obligations could adversely affect our business, and such risk could increase if we incur more debt. We may be required to prepay our obligations under the secured syndicated credit facility.
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2008, total liabilities were $981.1 million, of which $321.9 million represents long-term debt obligations, and total assets were $1,440.1 million. Of our total long-term debt obligations, $245.0 million is comprised of contingently convertible debentures that, in certain situations, could be settled in stock. We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy all such obligations as a result of a variety of factors, some of which may be beyond our control. If the opportunity of a strategic acquisition arises or if we enter into new contracts that require the installation or servicing of infrastructure, such as processing centers, ATM machines or POS terminals on a faster pace than anticipated, we may be required to incur additional debt for these purposes and to fund our working capital needs, which we may not be able to obtain. The level of our indebtedness could have important consequences to investors, including the following:
    our ability to obtain any necessary financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other purposes may be limited or financing may be unavailable;
 
    a substantial portion of our cash flows must be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness and other obligations and will not be available for use in our business;
 
    our level of indebtedness could limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the markets in which we operate;
 
    our high degree of indebtedness will make us more vulnerable to changes in general economic conditions and/or a downturn in our business, thereby making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations; and
 
    because a portion of our debt bears interest at a variable rate of interest, our actual debt service obligations could increase as a result of adverse changes in interest rates.
If we fail to make required debt payments, or if we fail to comply with other covenants in our debt service agreements, we would be in default under the terms of these agreements. This default would permit the holders of the indebtedness to accelerate repayment of this debt and could cause defaults under other indebtedness that we have.
Prepayment in full of the obligations under our $290 million Credit Facility may be required six months prior to any required repurchase date under our $175 million 3.5% Convertible Debentures Due 2025, unless we are able to demonstrate that either: (i) we could borrow unsubordinated funded debt equal to the principal amount of the applicable convertible debentures while remaining in compliance with the financial covenants in the Credit Facility, or (ii) we will have sufficient liquidity (as determined by the administrative agent and the lenders). Holders of the $70 million 1.625% debentures have the option to require us to purchase their debentures at par on December 15, 2009, 2014 and 2019, and upon a change in control of the Company. Holders of the $175 million 3.5% debentures have the option to require us to purchase their debentures at par on October 15, 2012, 2015 and 2020, or upon a change in control of the Company. In connection with a recent amendment to our Credit Facility (discussed below), the lenders acknowledged that we have sufficient liquidity with respect to the December 15, 2009 repurchase date for the 1.625% debentures.
Restrictive covenants in our credit facilities may adversely affect us. The Credit Facility contains four financial covenants that we must meet as defined in the agreement: (1) total debt to EBITDA ratio, (2) senior secured debt to EBITDA ratio, (3) EBITDA to fixed charge coverage ratio and (4) minimum Consolidated Net Worth. To remain in compliance with our debt covenants, we may be required to increase EBITDA, repay debt, or both. We cannot assure you that we will have sufficient assets, liquidity or EBITDA to meet or avoid these obligations, which could have an adverse impact on our financial condition.
Our ability to secure additional financing for growth or to refinance any of our existing debt is also dependent upon the availability of credit in the marketplace, which has recently been experiencing severe disruptions due to the current economic crisis. If we are unable

16


Table of Contents

to secure additional financing or such financing is not available at acceptable terms, we may be unable to secure financing for growth or refinance our debt obligations, if necessary.
In the event that we need debt financing in the future, recent uncertainty in the credit markets could affect our ability to obtain debt financing on reasonable terms.
In the event we were to require additional debt financing in the future, the severe liquidity disruptions in the credit markets could materially impact our ability to obtain debt financing on reasonable terms. The inability to access debt financing on reasonable terms could materially impact our ability to make acquisitions, refinance existing debt or materially expand our business in the future.
Increases in interest rates will adversely impact our results from operations.
We have entered into interest rate swap agreements covering the period from June 1, 2007 through May 29, 2009 for a notional amount of $50 million that effectively converts that portion of our $190 million variable rate term loan to a fixed interest rate of 7.3% per annum. For the remaining outstanding balance of the term loan, as well as borrowings incurred under our revolving credit facility and other variable rate borrowing arrangements, increases in variable interest rates will increase the amount of interest expense that we pay for our borrowings and have a negative impact on our results from operations.
Our business may suffer from risks related to our recent acquisitions and potential future acquisitions, including our acquisition of RIA during 2007.
A substantial portion of our recent growth is due to acquisitions, and we continue to evaluate and engage in discussions concerning potential acquisition opportunities, some of which could be material. During 2007, we acquired RIA, which was our largest acquisition to date. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully integrate, or otherwise realize anticipated benefits from, our recent acquisitions or any future acquisitions. Failure to successfully integrate or otherwise realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions could adversely impact our long-term competitiveness and profitability. The integration of any future acquisitions will involve a number of risks that could harm our financial condition, results of operations and competitive position. In particular:
    The integration plans for our acquisitions are based on benefits that involve assumptions as to future events, including leveraging our existing relationships with mobile phone operators and retailers, as well as general business and industry conditions, many of which are beyond our control and may not materialize. Unforeseen factors may offset components of our integration plans in whole or in part. As a result, our actual results may vary considerably, or be considerably delayed, compared to our estimates;
 
    The integration process could disrupt the activities of the businesses that are being combined. The combination of companies requires, among other things, coordination of administrative and other functions. In addition, the loss of key employees, customers or vendors of acquired businesses could materially and adversely impact the integration of the acquired business;
 
    The execution of our integration plans may divert the attention of our management from other key responsibilities;
 
    We may assume unanticipated liabilities and contingencies; or
 
    Our acquisition targets could fail to perform in accordance with our expectations at the time of purchase.
Future acquisitions may be affected through the issuance of our Common Stock or securities convertible into our Common Stock, which could substantially dilute the ownership percentage of our current stockholders. In addition, shares issued in connection with future acquisitions could be publicly tradable, which could result in a material decrease in the market price of our Common Stock.
We may be required to recognize additional impairment charges related to long-lived assets and goodwill recorded in connection with our acquisitions.
Our total assets include approximately $613.6 million, or 43% of total assets, in goodwill and acquired intangible assets recorded as a result of acquisitions. We assess our goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets as and when required by accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. to determine whether they are impaired. In 2008, we determined that certain goodwill and intangible assets of our Spanish prepaid business and our RIA money transfer business were impaired and we recorded a $220.1 million non-cash impairment charge. If operating results in any of our key markets, including the U.S., U.K., Germany, Spain and Australia, deteriorate or our plans do not progress as expected when we acquired these entities or if capital markets depress our value or that of similar companies, we may be required to record an additional impairment write-down of goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets. This could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Like other participants in the money transfer industry, as a result of immigration developments, downturns in certain labor markets and the current economic crisis, growth rates in money transfers from the U.S. to Mexico have slowed. This slowing of growth began during the middle of 2006 and continues to impact money transfer revenues for transactions from the U.S. to Mexico. These issues have also resulted in certain competitors lowering transaction fees and foreign currency exchange spreads in certain markets where we do business in an attempt to limit the impact on money transfer volumes. For 2008, money transfer transactions to Mexico, which

17


Table of Contents

represented approximately 32% of total money transfer transactions, decreased by 9.1%. If this trend continues or worsens, or we experience similar trends in our international business, we may be required to record an additional impairment write-down of our goodwill, intangible assets or other long lived assets associated with the Money Transfer Segment.
A lack of business opportunities or financial or other resources may impede our ability to continue to expand at desired levels, and our failure to expand operations could have an adverse impact on our financial condition.
Our expansion plans and opportunities are focused on four separate areas: (i) our network of owned and operated ATMs; (ii) outsourced ATM management contracts; (iii) our prepaid mobile airtime services; and (iv) our money transfer and bill payment services. The continued expansion and development of our ATM business will depend on various factors including the following:
    the demand for our ATM services in our current target markets;
 
    the ability to locate appropriate ATM sites and obtain necessary approvals for the installation of ATMs;
 
    the ability to install ATMs in an efficient and timely manner;
 
    the expansion of our business into new countries as currently planned;
 
    entering into additional card acceptance and ATM outsourcing agreements with banks;
 
    the ability to renew existing agreements with customers;
 
    the ability to obtain sufficient numbers of ATMs on a timely basis; and
 
    the availability of financing for the expansion.
We cannot predict the increase or decrease in the number of ATMs we manage under outsourcing agreements because this depends largely on the willingness of banks to enter into or maintain outsourcing contracts with us. Banks are very deliberate in negotiating these agreements, and the process of negotiating and signing outsourcing agreements typically takes six to twelve months or longer. Moreover, banks evaluate a wide range of matters when deciding to choose an outsource vendor and generally this decision is subject to extensive management analysis and approvals. The process is also affected by the legal and regulatory considerations of local countries, as well as local language complexities. These agreements tend to cover large numbers of ATMs, so significant increases and decreases in our pool of managed ATMs could result from entry into or termination of these management contracts. In this regard, the timing of both current and new contract revenues is uncertain and unpredictable. Increasing consolidation in the banking industry could make this process less predictable.
We currently offer prepaid mobile airtime top-up services in Europe, the Middle East, Asia Pacific and North America. We plan to expand in these and other markets by taking advantage of our existing relationships with mobile phone operators, banks and retailers. This expansion will depend on various factors, including the following:
    the ability to negotiate new agreements, and renew existing agreements, in these markets with mobile phone operators, banks and retailers;
 
    the continuation of the trend of increased use of electronic prepaid mobile airtime among mobile phone users;
 
    the continuation of the trend of increased use of electronic money transfer and bill payment among immigrant workers;
 
    the increase in the number of prepaid mobile phone users; and
 
    the availability of financing for the expansion.
In addition, our continued expansion may involve acquisitions that could divert our resources and management time and require integration of new assets with our existing networks and services and could require financing that we may not be able to obtain. Our ability to manage our rapid expansion effectively will require us eventually to expand our operating systems and employee base. An inability to do this could have a material adverse effect on our business, growth, financial condition or results of operations.
We are subject to business cycles, seasonality and other outside factors that may negatively affect our business.
The current recessionary economic environment or other outside factors could have a negative impact on mobile phone operators, retailers and our customers and could reduce the level of transactions, which could, in turn, negatively impact our financial results. If mobile phone operators and financial institutions experience decreased demand for their products and services, or if the locations where we provide services decrease in number, we will process fewer transactions, resulting in lower revenue. In addition, the recessionary economic environment could reduce the level of transactions taking place on our networks, which will have a negative impact on our business.
Our experience is that the level of transactions on our networks is also subject to substantial seasonal variation. Transaction levels have consistently been much higher in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year due to increased use of ATMs, prepaid mobile airtime top-ups and money transfer services during the holiday season. Generally, the level of transactions drops in the first quarter, during which transaction levels are generally the lowest we experience during the year, which reduces the level of revenues that we record. Additionally, in the Money Transfer Segment, we experience increased transaction levels during the April through September

18


Table of Contents

timeframe coinciding with the increase in worker migration patterns. As a result of these seasonal variations, our quarterly operating results may fluctuate materially and could lead to volatility in the price of our shares.
Additionally, economic or political instability, civil unrest, terrorism and natural disasters may make money transfers to, from or within a particular country more difficult. The inability to timely complete money transfers could adversely affect our business.
A prolonged economic slowdown or lengthy or severe recession in the U.S. or elsewhere could harm our operations.
A prolonged economic downturn or recession could materially impact our results from operations. A recessionary economic environment could have a negative impact on mobile phone operators, retailers and our other customers and could reduce the level of transactions processed on our networks, which would, in turn, negatively impact our financial results. If mobile phone operators and financial institutions experience decreased demand for their products and services, or if the locations where we provide services decrease in number, we will process fewer transactions, resulting in lower revenue.
The growth and profitability of our prepaid business is dependent on certain factors that vary from market to market.
Our Prepaid Processing Segment derives revenues based on processing fees and commissions from mobile and other telecommunication operators and distributors of prepaid wireless products. Growth in our prepaid business in any given market is driven by a number of factors, including the extent to which conversion from scratch cards to electronic distribution solutions is occurring or has been completed, the overall pace of growth in the prepaid mobile phone market, our market share of the retail distribution capacity and the level of commission that is paid to the various intermediaries in the prepaid mobile airtime distribution chain. In mature markets, such as the U.K., New Zealand and Spain, the conversion from scratch cards to electronic forms of distribution is either complete or nearing completion. Therefore, these factors will cease to provide the organic increases in the number of transactions per terminal that we have experienced historically. Also, competition among prepaid distributors results in retailer churn and the reduction of commissions paid by mobile operators, although a portion of such reductions can be passed along to retailers. In the last year, processing fees and commissions per transaction have declined in most markets, and we expect that trend to continue. We have been able to improve our results despite that trend due to substantial growth in the number of transactions, driven by acquisitions and organic growth. We do not expect to continue this rate of growth. If we cannot continue to increase our transaction levels and per-transaction fees and commissions continue to decline, the combined impact of these factors could adversely impact our financial results.
Our prepaid mobile airtime top-up and money transfer businesses may be susceptible to fraud and/or credit risks occurring at the retailer and/or consumer level.
In our Prepaid Processing Segment, we contract with retailers that accept payment on our behalf, which we then transfer to a trust or other operating account for payment to mobile phone operators. In the event a retailer does not transfer to us payments that it receives for mobile airtime, we are responsible to the mobile phone operator for the cost of the airtime credited to the customer’s mobile phone. We can provide no assurance that retailer fraud will not increase in the future or that any proceeds we receive under our credit enhancement insurance policies will be adequate to cover losses resulting from retailer fraud, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
With respect to our money transfer business, our business is primarily conducted through our agent network, which provides money transfer services directly to consumers at retail locations. Our agents collect funds directly from consumers and in turn we collect from the agents the proceeds due to us resulting from the money transfer transactions. Therefore, we have credit exposure to our agents. The failure of agents owing us significant amounts to remit funds to us or to repay such amounts could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Because we typically enter into short-term contracts with mobile phone operators and retailers, our top-up business is subject to the risk of non-renewal of those contracts, or renewal under less favorable terms.
Our contracts with mobile phone operators to process prepaid mobile airtime recharge services typically have terms of less than three years. Many of those contracts may be canceled by either party upon three months’ notice. Our contracts with mobile phone operators are not exclusive, so these operators may enter into top-up contracts with other service providers. In addition, our top-up service contracts with major retailers typically have terms of one to three years, and our contracts with smaller retailers typically may be canceled by either party upon three to six months’ notice. The cancellation or non-renewal of one or more of our significant mobile phone operator or retail contracts, or of a large enough group of our contracts with smaller retailers, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The renewal of contracts under less favorable payment terms, commission terms or other terms could have a material adverse impact on our working capital requirements and/or results from operations. In addition, our contracts generally permit operators to reduce our fees at any time. Commission revenue or fee reductions by any of the mobile phone operators could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

19


Table of Contents

The processes and systems we employ may be subject to patent protection by other parties.
In certain countries, including the U.S., patent protection legislation permits the protection of processes and systems. We employ processes and systems in various markets that have been used in the industry by other parties for many years, and which we or other companies that use the same or similar processes and systems consider to be in the public domain. However, we are aware that certain parties believe they hold patents that cover some of the processes and systems employed in the prepaid processing industry in the U.S. and elsewhere. We believe the processes and systems we use have been in the public domain prior to the patents we are aware of. The question of whether a process or system is in the public domain is a legal determination, and if this issue is litigated we cannot be certain of the outcome of any such litigation. If a person were to assert that it holds a patent covering any of the processes or systems we use, we would be required to defend ourselves against such claim. If unsuccessful, we may be required to pay damages for past infringement, which could be trebled if the infringement was found to be willful. We may also be required to seek a license to continue to use the processes or systems. Such a license may require either a single payment or an ongoing license fee. No assurance can be given that we will be able to obtain a license which is reasonable in fee and scope. If a patent owner is unwilling to grant such a license, or we decide not to obtain such a license, we may be required to modify our processes and systems to avoid future infringement. Any such occurrences could materially and adversely affect our prepaid processing business in any affected markets and could result in our reconsidering the rate of expansion of this business in those markets.
The stability and growth of our EFT Processing Segment depend on maintaining our current card acceptance and ATM management agreements with banks and international card organizations, and on securing new arrangements for card acceptance and ATM management.
The stability and future growth of our EFT Processing Segment depends in part on our ability to sign card acceptance and ATM management agreements with banks and international card organizations. Card acceptance agreements allow our ATMs to accept credit and debit cards issued by banks and international card organizations. ATM management agreements generate service income from our management of ATMs for banks. These agreements are the primary source of our ATM business.
These agreements have expiration dates, and banks and international card organizations are generally not obligated to renew them. In some cases, banks may terminate their contracts prior to the expiration of their terms. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to sign or maintain these agreements on terms and conditions acceptable to us or whether those international card organizations will continue to permit our ATMs to accept their credit and debit cards. The inability to continue to sign or maintain these agreements, or to continue to accept the credit and debit cards of local banks and international card organizations at our ATMs in the future, could have a material adverse effect on our business, growth, financial condition or results of operations.
Retaining the founder and key executives of our company, and of companies that we acquire, and finding and retaining qualified personnel is important to our continued success.
The development and implementation of our strategy has depended in large part on the co-founder of our company, Michael J. Brown. The retention of Mr. Brown is important to our continued success. In addition, the success of the expansion of businesses that we acquire may depend in large part upon the retention of the founders of those businesses. Our success also depends in part on our ability to hire and retain highly skilled and qualified management, operating, marketing, financial and technical personnel. The competition for qualified personnel in the markets where we conduct our business is intense and, accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to hire or retain the required personnel.
Our officers and some of our key personnel have entered into service or employment agreements containing non-competition, non-disclosure and non-solicitation covenants, which grant incentive stock options and/or restricted stock with long-term vesting requirements. However, most of these contracts do not guarantee that these individuals will continue their employment with us. The loss of our key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, growth, financial condition or results of operations.
Our operating results depend in part on the volume of transactions on ATMs in our network and the fees we can collect from processing these transactions.
Transaction fees from banks and international card organizations for transactions processed on our ATMs have historically accounted for a substantial majority of our revenues. These fees are set by agreement among all banks in a particular market. The future operating results of our ATM business depend on the following factors:
    the increased issuance of credit and debit cards;
 
    the increased acceptance of our ATM processing and management services in our target markets;
 
    the maintenance of the level of transaction fees we receive;
 
    the installation of larger numbers of ATMs; and
 
    the continued use of our ATMs by credit and debit cardholders.

20


Table of Contents

Although we believe that the volume of transactions in developing countries may increase due to growth in the number of cards being issued by banks in these markets, we anticipate that transaction levels on any given ATM in developing markets will not increase significantly. We can attempt to improve the levels of transactions on our ATM network overall by acquiring good sites for our ATMs, eliminating poor locations, entering new less-developed markets and adding new transactions to the sets of transactions that are available on our ATMs. However, we may not be successful in materially increasing transaction levels through these measures.
Per-transaction fees have declined in certain markets in recent years. If we cannot continue to increase our transaction levels and per-transaction fees generally decline, our results would be adversely affected.
Our operating results in the money transfer business depend in part on continued worker immigration patterns, our ability to expand our share of the existing electronic market and to expand into new markets and our ability to continue complying with regulations issued by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FINCEN”), PATRIOT Act regulations or any other existing or future regulations that impact any aspect of our money transfer business.
Our money transfer business primarily focuses on workers who migrate to foreign countries in search of employment and then send a portion of their earnings to family members in their home countries. Our ability to continue complying with the requirements of OFAC, BSA, FINCEN, the PATRIOT Act and other regulations (both U.S. and foreign) is important to our success in achieving growth and an inability to do this could have an adverse impact on our revenues and earnings. Changes in U.S. and foreign government policies or enforcement toward immigration may have a negative affect on immigration in the U.S. and other countries, which could also have an adverse impact on our money transfer revenues.
Future growth and profitability depend upon expansion within the markets in which we currently operate and the development of new markets for our money transfer services. Our expansion into new markets is dependent upon our ability to successfully integrate RIA into our existing operations, to apply our existing technology or to develop new applications to satisfy market demand. We may not have adequate financial and technological resources to expand our distribution channels and product applications to satisfy these demands, which may have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve expected growth in revenues and earnings.
Changes in state, federal or foreign laws, rules and regulations could impact the money transfer industry, making it more difficult for our customers to initiate money transfers.
We are subject to regulation by the U.S. states in which we operate, by the U.S. federal government and by the governments of the other countries in which we operate. Changes in the laws, rules and regulations of these governmental entities could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.
Changes in banking industry regulation and practice could make it more difficult for us and our agents to maintain depository accounts with banks.
The banking industry, in light of increased regulatory oversight, is continually examining its business relationships with companies who offer money transfer services and with retail agents who collect and remit cash collected from end consumers. Should banks decide to not offer depository services to companies engaged in processing money transfer transactions, or to retail agents who collect and remit cash from end customers, our ability to administer and collect fees from money transfer transactions could be adversely impacted.
Developments in electronic financial transactions could materially reduce our transaction levels and revenues.
Certain developments in the field of electronic financial transactions may reduce the need for ATMs, prepaid mobile phone POS terminals and money transfer agents. These developments may reduce the transaction levels that we experience on our networks in the markets where they occur. Financial institutions, retailers and agents could elect to increase fees to their customers for using our services, which may cause a decline in the use of our services and have an adverse effect on our revenues. If transaction levels over our existing network of ATMs, POS terminals, agents and other distribution methods do not increase, growth in our revenues will depend primarily on increased capital investment for new sites and developing new markets, which reduces the margin we realize from our revenues.
The mobile phone industry is a rapidly evolving area, in which technological developments, in particular the development of new methods or services, may affect the demand for other services in a dramatic way. The development of any new technology that reduces the need or demand for prepaid mobile phone time could materially and adversely affect our business.

21


Table of Contents

We generally have little control over the ATM transaction fees established in the markets where we operate, and therefore, cannot control any potential reductions in these fees.
The amount of fees we receive per transaction is set in various ways in the markets in which we do business. We have card acceptance agreements or ATM management agreements with some banks under which fees are set. However, we derive the bulk of our revenues in most markets from ‘‘interchange fees’’ that are set by the central ATM processing switch. The banks that participate in these switches set the interchange fee, and we are not in a position in any market to greatly influence these fees, which may increase or decrease over time. A significant decrease in the interchange fee in any market could adversely affect our results in that market.
In some cases, we are dependent upon international card organizations and national transaction processing switches to provide assistance in obtaining settlement from card issuers of funds relating to transactions on our ATMs.
Our ATMs dispense cash relating to transactions on credit and debit cards issued by banks. We have in place arrangements for the settlement to us of all of those transactions, but in some cases, we do not have a direct relationship with the card-issuing bank and rely for settlement on the application of rules that are administered by international card associations (such as Visa or MasterCard) or national transaction processing switching networks. If a bankcard association fails to settle transactions in accordance with those rules, we are dependent upon cooperation from such organizations or switching networks to enforce our right of settlement against such banks or card associations. Failure by such organizations or switches to provide the required cooperation could result in our inability to obtain settlement of funds relating to transactions and adversely affect our business.
Because our business is highly dependent on the proper operation of our computer network and telecommunications connections, significant technical disruptions to these systems would adversely affect our revenues and financial results.
Our business involves the operation and maintenance of a sophisticated computer network and telecommunications connections with financial institutions, mobile operators, retailers and agents. This, in turn, requires the maintenance of computer equipment and infrastructure, including telecommunications and electrical systems, and the integration and enhancement of complex software applications. Our ATM segment also uses a satellite-based system that is susceptible to the risk of satellite failure. There are operational risks inherent in this type of business that can result in the temporary shutdown of part or all of our processing systems, such as failure of electrical supply, failure of computer hardware and software errors. Excluding Germany, transactions in the EFT Processing Segment are processed through our Budapest, Belgrade, Beijing and Mumbai processing centers. Transactions in the Prepaid Processing Segment are processed through our Basildon, Martinsried, Madrid and Leawood, Kansas processing centers. Transactions in our Money Transfer Segment are processed through our Cerritos, California processing center. Any operational problem in these centers may have a significant adverse impact on the operation of our networks. Even with disaster recovery procedures in place, these risks cannot be eliminated entirely, and any technical failure that prevents operation of our systems for a significant period of time will prevent us from processing transactions during that period of time and will directly and adversely affect our revenues and financial results.
We are subject to the risks of liability for fraudulent bankcard and other card transactions involving a breach in our security systems, breaches of our information security policies or safeguards, as well as for ATM theft and vandalism.
We capture, transmit, handle and store sensitive information in conducting and managing electronic, financial and mobile transactions, such as card information and PIN numbers. These businesses involve certain inherent security risks, in particular: the risk of electronic interception and theft of the information for use in fraudulent or other card transactions by persons outside the Company or by our own employees; and the use of fraudulent cards on our network of owned or outsourced ATMs and POS devices. We incorporate industry-standard encryption technology and processing methodology into our systems and software, and maintain controls and procedures regarding access to our computer systems by employees and others, to maintain high levels of security. Although this technology and methodology decrease security risks, they cannot be eliminated entirely as criminal elements apply increasingly sophisticated technology to attempt to obtain unauthorized access to the information handled by ATM and electronic financial transaction networks. In addition, the cost and timeframes required for implementation of new technology may result in a time lag between availability of such technology and our adoption of it. Further, our controls, procedures and technology may not be able to detect when there is a breach, causing a delay in our ability to mitigate it. The current economic crisis increases the risk that criminals will attempt such data theft.
Any breach in our security systems could result in the perpetration of fraudulent financial transactions for which we may bear the liability. We are insured against various risks, including theft and negligence, but such insurance coverage is subject to deductibles, exclusions and limitations that may leave us bearing some or all of any losses arising from security breaches.
We also collect, transfer and retain consumer data as part of our money transfer business. These activities are subject to certain consumer privacy laws and regulations in the U.S. and in other jurisdictions where our money transfer services are offered. We maintain technical and operational safeguards designed to comply with applicable legal requirements. Despite these safeguards, there remains a risk that these safeguards could be breached resulting in improper access to, and disclosure of, sensitive consumer information. Breaches of our security policies or applicable legal requirements resulting in a compromise of consumer data could expose us to regulatory enforcement action, subject us to litigation, limit our ability to provide money transfer services and/or cause harm to our reputation.

22


Table of Contents

In addition to electronic fraud issues and breaches of our information security policies and safeguards, the possible theft and vandalism of ATMs present risks for our ATM business. We install ATMs at high-traffic sites and consequently our ATMs are exposed to theft and vandalism. Although we are insured against such risks, deductibles, exclusions or limitations in such insurance may leave us bearing some or all of any losses arising from theft or vandalism of ATMs. In addition, we have experienced increases in claims under our insurance, which has increased our insurance premiums.
We could incur substantial losses if one of the third party depository institutions we use in our operations were to fail.
As part of our business operations we maintain cash balances at third party depository institutions. We could incur substantial losses if a financial institution in which we have significant deposits fails.
We are required under German law and the rules of financial transaction switching networks in all of our markets to have ‘‘sponsors’’ to operate ATMs and switch ATM transactions. Our failure to secure ‘‘sponsor’’ arrangements in Germany or any other market could prevent us from doing business in that market.
Under German law, only a licensed financial institution may operate ATMs. Because we are not a licensed financial institution we are required to have a ‘‘sponsor’’ bank to conduct our German ATM operations. In addition, in all of our markets, our ATMs are connected to national financial transaction switching networks owned or operated by banks, and to other international financial transaction switching networks operated by organizations such as Citibank, Visa and MasterCard. The rules governing these switching networks require any company sending transactions through these switches to be a bank or a technical service processor that is approved and monitored by a bank. As a result, the operation of our ATM network in all of our markets depends on our ability to secure these ‘‘sponsor’’ arrangements with financial institutions.
To date, we have been successful in reaching contractual arrangements that have permitted us to operate in all of our target markets. However, we cannot assure you that we will continue to be successful in reaching these arrangements, and it is possible that our current arrangements will not continue to be renewed. If we are unable to secure “sponsor” arrangements in Germany or any other market, we could be prevented from doing business in the applicable market.
If we are unable to maintain our money transfer agent and correspondent networks, our business may be adversely affected.
Our money transfer based revenue is primarily generated through the use of our agent and correspondent networks. Transaction volumes at existing locations may increase over time and new agents provide us with additional revenue. If agents or correspondents decide to leave our network or if we are unable to sign new agents or correspondents, our revenue and profit growth rates may be adversely affected. Our agents and correspondents are also subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations that vary significantly, depending on the legal jurisdiction. Changes in these laws and regulations could adversely affect our ability to maintain the networks or the cost of providing money transfer services. In addition, agents may generate fewer transactions or less revenue due to various factors, including increased competition. Because our agents and correspondents are third parties that may sell products and provide services in addition to our money transfer services, they may encounter business difficulties unrelated to the provision of our services, which may cause the agents or correspondents to reduce their number of locations or hours of operation, or cease doing business altogether.
If consumer confidence in our money transfer business or brands declines, our business may be adversely affected.
Our money transfer business relies on consumer confidence in our brands and our ability to provide efficient and reliable money transfer services. A decline in consumer confidence in our business or brands, or in traditional money transfer providers as a means to transfer money, may adversely impact transaction volumes which would in turn be expected to adversely impact our business.
Our money transfer service offerings are dependent on financial institutions to provide such offerings.
Our money transfer business involves transferring funds internationally and is dependent upon foreign and domestic financial institutions, including our competitors, to execute funds transfers and foreign currency transactions. Changes to existing regulations of financial institution operations, such as those designed to combat terrorism or money laundering, could require us to alter our operating procedures in a manner that increases our cost of doing business or to terminate certain product offerings. In addition, as a result of existing regulations and/or changes to those regulations, financial institutions could decide to cease providing the services on which we depend, requiring us to terminate certain product offerings.

23


Table of Contents

Our competition in the EFT Processing Segment, Prepaid Processing Segment and Money Transfer Segment include large, well financed companies and financial institutions larger than us with earlier entry into the market. As a result, we may lack the financial resources and access to capital needed to capture increased market share.
EFT Processing Segment— Our principal EFT Processing competitors include ATM networks owned by banks and national switches consisting of consortiums of local banks that provide outsourcing and transaction services only to banks and independent ATM deployers in that country. Large, well-financed companies offer ATM network and outsourcing services that compete with us in various markets. In some cases, these companies also sell a broader range of card and processing services than we, and are in some cases, willing to discount ATM services to obtain large contracts covering a broad range of services. Competitive factors in our EFT Processing Segment include network availability and response time, breadth of service offering, price to both the bank and to its customers, ATM location and access to other networks.
For our ITM product line, we are a leading supplier of electronic financial transaction processing software for the IBM iSeries platform in a largely fragmented market, which is made up of competitors that offer a variety of solutions that compete with our products, ranging from single applications to fully integrated electronic financial processing software. Additionally, for ITM, other industry suppliers service the software requirements of large mainframe systems and UNIX-based platforms, and accordingly are not considered competitors. We have specifically targeted customers consisting of financial institutions that operate their back office systems with the IBM iSeries.
Our software solutions business has multiple types of competitors that compete across all EFT software components in the following areas: (i) ATM, network and POS software systems, (ii) Internet banking software systems, (iii) credit card software systems, (iv) mobile banking systems, (v) mobile operator solutions, (vi) telephone banking and (vii) full EFT software. Competitive factors in the software solutions business include price, technology development and the ability of software systems to interact with other leading products.
Prepaid Processing Segment— We face competition in the prepaid business in all of our markets. A few multinational companies operate in several of our markets, and we therefore compete with them in a number of countries. In other markets, our competition is from smaller, local companies. Major retailers with high volumes are in a position to demand a larger share of commissions, which may compress our margins.
Money Transfer Segment— Our primary competitors in the money transfer and bill payment business include other independent processors and electronic money transmitters, as well as certain major national and regional banks, financial institutions and independent sales organizations. Our competitors include The Western Union Company, MoneyGram International Inc., Global Payments Inc. and others, some of which are larger than we are and have greater resources and access to capital for expansion than we have. This may allow them to offer better pricing terms to customers, which may result in a loss of our current or potential customers or could force us to lower our prices. Either of these actions could have an adverse impact on our revenues. In addition, our competitors may have the ability to devote more financial and operational resources than we can to the development of new technologies that provide improved functionality and features to their product and service offerings. If successful, their development efforts could render our product and services offerings less desirable, resulting in the loss of customers or a reduction in the price we could demand for our services. In addition to traditional money payment services, new technologies are emerging that may effectively compete with traditional money payment services, such as stored-value cards, debit networks and web-based services. Our continued growth depends upon our ability to compete effectively with these alternative technologies.
Competition in our EFT Processing Segment has increased over the last several years, increasing the risk that certain of our long-term bank outsourcing contracts may be terminated or not renewed upon expiration.
The developing markets in which we have done business have matured over the years, resulting in increasing competition. In addition, as consolidation of financial institutions in Central and Eastern Europe continues, certain of our customers have established or are establishing internal ATM management and processing capabilities. As a result of these developments, negotiations regarding renewal of contracts have become increasingly challenging and in certain cases we have reduced fees to extend contracts beyond their original terms. In certain other cases, contracts have been, and in the future may be, terminated by financial institutions resulting in a substantial reduction in revenue. Contract termination payments, if any, may be inadequate to replace revenues and operating income associated with these contracts. Although we have historically considered the risk of non-renewal of major contracts to be relatively low because of complex interfaces and operational procedures established for those contracts, the risk of non-renewal or early termination is increasing.
We conduct a significant portion of our business in Central and Eastern European countries, and we have subsidiaries in the Middle East and Asia Pacific, where the risk of continued political, economic and regulatory change that could impact our operating results is greater than in the U.S. or Western Europe.
We have subsidiaries in Hungary, Poland, the Czech Republic, Romania, Slovakia, Spain, Greece, Croatia, India, Serbia, Bulgaria, Egypt and China, and have operations in other countries in Central Europe, the Middle East and Asia Pacific. We expect to continue to expand our operations to other countries in these regions. We sell software in many other markets in the developing world. Some of these countries have undergone significant political, economic and social change in recent years and the risk of new, unforeseen changes in these countries remains greater than in the U.S. or Western Europe. In particular, changes in laws or regulations or in the

24


Table of Contents

interpretation of existing laws or regulations, whether caused by a change in government or otherwise, could materially adversely affect our business, growth, financial condition or results of operations.
For example, currently there are no limitations on the repatriation of profits from any of the countries in which we have subsidiaries (although U.S. tax laws discourage repatriation), but foreign currency exchange control restrictions, taxes or limitations may be imposed or increased in the future with regard to repatriation of earnings and investments from these countries. If exchange control restrictions, taxes or limitations are imposed, our ability to receive dividends or other payments from affected subsidiaries could be reduced, which may have a material adverse effect on us.
In addition, corporate, contract, property, insolvency, competition, securities and other laws and regulations in Bulgaria and other countries in Central Europe have been, and continue to be, substantially revised during the completion of their transition to the European Union. Therefore, the interpretation and procedural safeguards of the new legal and regulatory systems are in the process of being developed and defined, and existing laws and regulations may be applied inconsistently. Also, in some circumstances, it may not be possible to obtain the legal remedies provided for under these laws and regulations in a reasonably timely manner, if at all.
Transmittal of data by electronic means and telecommunications is subject to specific regulation in most Central European countries. Although these regulations have not had a material impact on our business to date, changes in these regulations, including taxation or limitations on transfers of data across national borders, could have a material adverse effect on our business, growth, financial condition or results of operations.
We conduct business in many international markets with complex and evolving tax rules, including value added tax rules, which subjects us to international tax compliance risks.
While we obtain advice from legal and tax advisors as necessary to help assure compliance with tax and regulatory matters, most tax jurisdictions that we operate in have complex and subjective rules regarding the valuation of intercompany services, cross-border payments between affiliated companies and the related effects on income tax, value-added tax (“VAT”), transfer tax and share registration tax. Our foreign subsidiaries frequently undergo VAT reviews, and from time to time undergo comprehensive tax reviews and may be required to make additional tax payments should the review result in different interpretations, allocations or valuations of our services.
As allowable under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), the interest deduction from our convertible debentures are based on a comparable interest rate for a traditional, nonconvertible, fixed rate debt instrument with similar terms. This allowable deduction is in excess of the stated interest rate. This deduction may be deferred, limited or eliminated under certain conditions.
The U.S Treasury regulations contain an anti-abuse regulation, set forth in Section 1.1275-2(g), that grants the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service authority to depart from the regulations if a result is achieved which is unreasonable in light of the original issue discount provisions of the Code, including Section 163(e). The anti-abuse regulation further provides that the Commissioner may, under this authority, treat a contingent payment feature of a debt instrument as if it were a separate position. If such an analysis were applied to our convertible debentures and ultimately sustained, our deductions attributable to the convertible debentures could be limited to the stated interest thereon. The scope of application of the anti-abuse regulations is unclear. However, we are of the view that application of the contingent payment debt instrument regulations to our convertible debentures is a reasonable result such that the anti-abuse regulation should not apply. If a contrary position were asserted and ultimately sustained, our tax deductions would be severely diminished with a resulting adverse effect on our cash flow and ability to service the convertible debentures.
Under the Code, no deduction is allowed for interest expense in excess of $5 million on convertible subordinated indebtedness incurred to acquire stock or assets of another corporation reduced by any interest paid on other obligations which have provided consideration for an acquisition of stock in another corporation. If a significant portion of the proceeds from the issuance of the convertible debentures, either alone or together with other debt proceeds, were used for a domestic acquisition and the convertible debentures and other debt, if any, were deemed to be corporate acquisition indebtedness as defined in Section 279, interest deductions for tax purposes in excess of $5 million on such debt reduced by any interest paid on other obligations which have provided consideration for an acquisition of stock in another corporation would be disallowed. This would adversely impact our cash flow and our ability to pay down the convertible debentures. We previously applied a significant portion of the proceeds from our December 2004 issuance of 1.625% Convertible Senior Debentures Due 2024 to acquisitions of foreign corporations. The interest expense attributable to these acquisitions exhausted all of the $5 million annual interest expense deduction permitted under the Code for certain convertible subordinated debt incurred for corporation acquisitions. Accordingly, if this limitation were to apply, no interest deductions would be allowed with respect to our October 2005 3.5% Convertible Debentures Due 2025. However, if the comparable interest deduction were eliminated our future payment of U.S. Federal and state income taxes, if any, could be accelerated.
In the past, the U.S. Senate has drafted proposed tax relief legislation that contained a provision that would eliminate the comparable interest rate deduction on future issuances of convertible debentures such as ours. Legislation containing this provision has not been

25


Table of Contents

passed, however, we cannot predict if there will be future tax legislation proposed and approved that would eliminate the comparable interest rate deduction.
Because we are an international company conducting a complex business in many markets worldwide, we are subject to legal and operational risks related to staffing and management, as well as a broad array of local legal and regulatory requirements.
Operating outside of the U.S. creates difficulties associated with staffing and managing our international operations, as well as complying with local legal and regulatory requirements. Because we operate financial transaction processing networks that offer new products and services to customers, the laws and regulations in the markets in which operate are subject to rapid change. Although we have local staff in countries in which we deem it appropriate, we cannot assure you that we will continue to be found to be operating in compliance with all applicable customs, currency exchange control regulations, data protection, transfer pricing regulations or any other laws or regulations to which we may be subject. We also cannot assure you that these laws will not be modified in ways that may adversely affect our business.
Because we derive our revenues from a multitude of countries with different currencies, our business is affected by local inflation and foreign currency exchange rates and policies.
We attempt to match any assets denominated in a currency with liabilities denominated in the same currency. However, the majority of our debt obligations are denominated in U.S. dollars, while a significant amount of our cash outflows, including the acquisition of ATMs, executive salaries, certain long-term contracts and a significant portion of our debt obligations, are made in U.S. dollars, most of our revenues are denominated in other currencies. As exchange rates among the U.S. dollar, the euro, and other currencies fluctuate, the translation effect of these fluctuations may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition as reported in U.S. dollars. Moreover, exchange rate policies have not always allowed for the free conversion of currencies at the market rate. Future fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar could have an adverse effect on our results.
Our Money Transfer Segment is subject to foreign currency exchange risks because our customers deposit funds in one currency at our retail and agent locations worldwide and we typically deliver funds denominated in a different, destination country currency. Although we use foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate a portion of this risk, we cannot eliminate all of the exposure to the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates for the period between collection and disbursement of the money transfers.
We have various mechanisms in place to discourage takeover attempts, which may reduce or eliminate our stockholders’ ability to sell their shares for a premium in a change of control transaction.
Various provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and of Delaware corporate law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control or takeover attempt of our company by a third party that is opposed to by our management and board of directors. Public stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have the opportunity to do so. These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public stockholders to benefit from a change of control or change in our management and board of directors. These provisions include:
    preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or to discourage a third party from acquiring, a majority of our outstanding voting stock;
 
    classification of our directors into three classes with respect to the time for which they hold office;
 
    supermajority voting requirements to amend the provision in our certificate of incorporation providing for the classification of our directors into three such classes;
 
    non-cumulative voting for directors;
 
    control by our board of directors of the size of our board of directors;
 
    limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders; and
 
    advance notice requirements for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by our stockholders at stockholder meetings.
We have also approved a stockholders’ rights agreement (the ‘‘Rights Agreement’’) between Euronet and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., (subsequently renamed Computershare Limited) as Rights Agent. Pursuant to the Rights Agreement, holders of our common stock are entitled to purchase one one-thousandth (1/1,000) of a share (a ‘‘Unit’’) of Junior Preferred Stock at a price of $57.00 per Unit upon certain events. The purchase price is subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits and other similar events. Generally, in the event a person or entity acquires, or initiates a tender offer to acquire, at least 15% of Euronet’s then outstanding common stock, the Rights will become exercisable for common stock having a value equal to two times the exercise price of the Right, or effectively

26


Table of Contents

at one-half of Euronet’s then-current stock price. The existence of the Rights Plan may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control or takeover attempt of our company by a third party that is opposed to by our management and board of directors.
Our directors and officers, together with the entities with which they are associated, owned approximately 10% of our Common Stock as of December 31, 2008, giving them significant control over decisions related to our Company.
This control includes the ability to influence the election of other directors of our Company and to cast a large block of votes with respect to virtually all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. This concentration of control may have the effect of delaying or preventing transactions or a potential change of control of our Company.
We are authorized to issue up to a total of 90 million shares of Common Stock, potentially diluting equity ownership of current holders and the share price of our Common Stock.
We believe that it is necessary to maintain a sufficient number of available authorized shares of our Common Stock in order to provide us with the flexibility to issue Common Stock for business purposes that may arise as deemed advisable by our Board. These purposes could include, among other things, (i) to declare future stock dividends or stock splits, which may increase the liquidity of our shares; (ii) the sale of stock to obtain additional capital or to acquire other companies or businesses, which could enhance our growth strategy or allow us to reduce debt if needed; (iii) for use in additional stock incentive programs and (iv) for other bona fide purposes. Our Board of Directors may issue the available authorized shares of Common Stock without notice to, or further action by, our stockholders, unless stockholder approval is required by law or the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. The issuance of additional shares of Common Stock may significantly dilute the equity ownership of the current holders of our Common Stock. Further, over the course of time, all of the issued shares have the potential to be publicly traded, perhaps in large blocks. This may result in dilution of the market price of the Common Stock.
An additional 11.6 million shares of Common Stock, representing 23% of the shares outstanding as of December 31, 2008, could be added to our total Common Stock outstanding through the exercise of options or the issuance of additional shares of our Common Stock pursuant to existing convertible debt and other agreements. Once issued, these shares of Common Stock could be traded into the market and result in a decrease in the market price of our Common Stock.
As of December 31, 2008, we had an aggregate of 5.0 million options and restricted stock awards outstanding held by our directors, officers and employees, which entitles these holders to acquire an equal number of shares of our Common Stock upon exercise. Of this amount, 1.4 million options are vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2008. Approximately 0.2 million additional shares of our Common Stock may be issued in connection with our employee stock purchase plan. Another 6.4 million shares of Common Stock could be issued upon conversion of the Company’s Convertible Debentures issued in December 2004 and October 2005.
Accordingly, based on current trading prices of our Common Stock, approximately 11.6 million shares could potentially be added to our total current Common Stock outstanding through the exercise of options or the issuance of additional shares, which could adversely impact the trading price for our stock. The actual number of shares issuable could be higher depending upon our stock price at the time of payment (i.e., more shares could be issuable if our share price declines).
Of the 5.0 million total options and restricted stock awards outstanding, an aggregate of 2.4 million options and restricted shares are held by persons who may be deemed to be our affiliates and who would be subject to Rule 144. Thus, upon exercise of their options or sale of shares for which restrictions have lapsed, these affiliates’ shares would be subject to the trading restrictions imposed by Rule 144. The remainder of the common shares issuable under option and restricted stock arrangements would be freely tradable in the public market. Over the course of time, all of the issued shares have the potential to be publicly traded, perhaps in large blocks.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.

27


Table of Contents

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our executive offices are located in Leawood, Kansas. As of December 31, 2008, we also maintain principal operational offices in Little Rock, Arkansas: Leawood, Kansas; Cerritos, California; San Juan, Puerto Rico; Budapest, Hungary; Warsaw, Poland; Zagreb, Croatia; Prague, Czech Republic; Berlin and Martinsried, Germany; Bucharest, Romania; Bratislava, Slovakia; Athens, Greece; Madrid, Spain; Belgrade, Serbia; Sofia, Bulgaria; Basildon and London, U.K.; Kiev, Ukraine; Rome and Milan, Italy; Paris, France; Geneva, Switzerland; Stockholm, Sweden; Brussels, Belgium; Dublin, Ireland; Cairo, Egypt; Mumbai, India; Sydney and Liverpool, Australia; Auckland, New Zealand; Beijing, China; Antiguo Cuscatlan, El Salvador; and Mexico City, Mexico. Our office leases generally provide for initial terms ranging from two to twelve years.
Our processing centers for the EFT Processing Segment are located in Budapest, Hungary; Belgrade, Serbia; Beijing, China; and Mumbai, India. Our processing centers for the Prepaid Processing Segment are located in Basildon, U.K.; Martinsried, Germany; Madrid, Spain; and Leawood, Kansas. Our processing center for the Money Transfer Segment is located in Cerritos, California.
Our processing centers in Budapest, Belgrade, Beijing, Mumbai, Basildon, Martinsried, Leawood and Cerritos have off-site real time backup processing centers that are capable of providing full or partial processing capability in the event of failure of the primary processing centers. Our processing center in Madrid does not have an off-site backup processing center; however, it is migrating its transaction processing to the Martinsried processing center in 2009 where there is an off-site real time backup processing center.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company is, from time to time, a party to litigation arising in the ordinary course of its business.
The discussion in Part II, Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data and Note 22, Litigation and Contingencies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report, regarding litigation is incorporated herein by reference.
Currently, there are no other legal proceedings that management believes, either individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect upon the consolidated results of operations or financial condition of the Company.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
There were no matters submitted during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2008 to a vote of security holders, through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise.

28


Table of Contents

PART II
ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
MARKET INFORMATION
Our common stock, $0.02 par value per share (“Common Stock”), is quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol EEFT. The following table sets forth the high and low daily sales prices during the quarter for our Common Stock for the quarters ended:
                                 
    2008   2007
For the quarters ended   High   Low   High   Low
December 31
  $ 16.68     $ 6.87     $ 33.25     $ 26.83  
September 30
  $ 20.36     $ 15.36     $ 31.00     $ 24.64  
June 30
  $ 20.14     $ 16.28     $ 30.55     $ 25.64  
March 31
  $ 30.57     $ 19.07     $ 30.57     $ 25.08  
DIVIDENDS
Since our inception, no dividends have been paid on our Common Stock or Preferred Stock. We do not intend to distribute dividends for the foreseeable future. Certain of our credit facilities contain restrictions on the payment of dividends without lender consent.
HOLDERS
At December 31, 2008, we had 88 stockholders of record of our Common Stock and none of our Preferred Stock.
PRIVATE PLACEMENTS AND ISSUANCES OF EQUITY
During 2008, we did not issue any equity securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, which have not been previously reported in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or a Current Report on Form 8-K.
STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH
Set forth below is a graph comparing the total cumulative return on the Common Stock from December 31, 2003 through December 31, 2008 with the Total Returns Index for U.S. companies traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (the “Market Group”) and an index group of peer companies, the Total Returns Index for U.S. NASDAQ Financial Stocks (the “Peer Group”). The companies in each of the Market Group and the Peer Group were weighted by market capitalization. Returns are based on monthly changes in price and assume reinvested dividends. These calculations assume the value of an investment in the Common Stock, the Market Group and the Peer Group was $100 on December 31, 2003. Our Common Stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol EEFT.
The following performance graph and related text are being furnished to and not filed with the SEC, and will not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Exchange Act or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except to the extent we specifically incorporate such information by reference into such filing.

29


Table of Contents

Comparison of 5 Year Cumulative Total Return
Assumes Initial Investment of $100
December 2008
(LINE GRAPH)
NOTE: Calculated (or Derived) based from CRSP NASDAQ Stock Market, Center for Research in Security Prices (CRSP®), Booth School of Business, The University of Chicago. Used with permission. All rights reserved. Graph copyright 2008 Zacks Investment Research, Inc.
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
The table below sets forth information with respect to shares of Common Stock that may be issued under our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2008.
                         
                    Number of  
                    securities  
                    remaining  
                    available for  
                    future issuance  
    Number of             under equity  
    securities to be             compensation  
    issued upon     Weighted average     plans (excluding  
    exercise of     exercise price of     securities  
    outstanding     outstanding     reflected in  
    options and rights     options and rights     column (a))  
Plan category   (a)     (b)     (c)  
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:
                    966,652  
Stock option awards
    3,383,194     $ 11.71          
Restricted share unit awards
    1,536,274                
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
                 
 
                 
 
                       
Total
    4,919,468       8.05       966,652  
 
                 

30


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The summary consolidated financial data set forth below has been derived from, and is qualified by reference to, our audited Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto, prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), which have been audited by KPMG LLP, and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. We believe that the period-to-period comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful due to certain significant transactions, including numerous acquisitions (See Note 6, Acquisitions, to the Consolidated Financial Statements). The following information should be read in conjunction with Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
(dollar amounts in thousands, except as noted)   2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
Consolidated statements of operations data:
                                       
Revenues
  $ 1,045,665     $ 902,666     $ 615,376     $ 531,159     $ 381,080  
Operating expenses (1)
    1,138,435       779,435       536,014       461,007       335,550  
Depreciation and amortization
    56,251       46,997       28,590       22,800       16,216  
 
                             
Operating income (loss)(1)
    (149,021 )     76,234       50,772       47,352       29,314  
Other income (expenses)
  $ (36,962 )     5,194       9,212       (10,080 )     (5,646 )
Income from unconsolidated affiliates
    1,250       908       660       1,185       345  
 
                             
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest
    (184,733 )     82,336       60,644       38,457       24,013  
Income tax expense
    (10,228 )     (27,759 )     (14,294 )     (14,843 )     (11,389 )
Minority interest
    935       (2,040 )     (977 )     (916 )     (58 )
 
                             
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (194,026 )   $ 52,537     $ 45,373     $ 22,698     $ 12,566  
 
                             
 
                                       
Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations:
                                       
Basic
  $ (3.95 )   $ 1.16     $ 1.22     $ 0.65     $ 0.40  
Diluted
  $ (3.95 )   $ 1.09     $ 1.14     $ 0.62     $ 0.38  
 
                                       
Consolidated balance sheet data:
                                       
Assets
  $ 1,440,124     $ 1,886,156     $ 1,129,640     $ 898,692     $ 642,315  
Debt obligations, long-term portion
    321,909       539,303       349,073       315,000       140,000  
Capital lease obligations, long-term portion
    6,356       11,520       13,409       12,229       16,894  
 
                                       
Summary network data (unaudited):
                                       
Number of operational ATMs at end of period
    10,128       11,347       8,885       7,211       5,742  
EFT processing transactions during the period (millions)
    704.2       603.8       463.6       361.5       232.5  
Number of operational prepaid processing POS terminals at end of period (rounded)
    430,000       396,000       296,000       237,000       175,000  
Prepaid processing transactions during the period (millions)
    713.1       634.8       457.8       348.0       228.6  
Money transfer transactions during the period (millions)
    16.7       12.0       0.3       0.1        
 
(1) The results for 2008 include a $220.1 million non-cash charge related to goodwill and acquired intangible assets. The results for 2007 include a benefit of $12.2 million for a federal excise tax refund.

31


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
COMPANY OVERVIEW, GEOGRAPHIC LOCATIONS AND PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
Euronet Worldwide, Inc. (together with our subsidiaries, “we,” “us,” “Euronet” or the “Company”) is a leading electronic payments provider, offering automated teller machine (“ATM”), point-of-sale (“POS”) and card outsourcing services, card issuing and merchant acquiring services, integrated electronic financial transaction (“EFT”) software, network gateways, electronic distribution of top-up services for prepaid mobile airtime and other prepaid products, electronic consumer money transfer and bill payment services to financial institutions, mobile operators, retailers and individual customers. As of December 31, 2008, we operate in the following three principal business segments:
    An EFT Processing Segment, which processes transactions for a network of 10,128 ATMs and approximately 54,000 POS terminals across Europe, the Middle East and Asia Pacific. We provide comprehensive electronic payment solutions consisting of ATM network participation, outsourced ATM and POS management solutions, credit and debit card outsourcing and electronic recharge services for prepaid mobile airtime. Through this segment, we also offer a suite of integrated EFT software solutions for electronic payment and transaction delivery systems.
 
    A Prepaid Processing Segment, which provides electronic distribution of prepaid mobile airtime and other prepaid products and collection services for various prepaid products, cards and services. Including terminals operated by unconsolidated subsidiaries, we operate a network of approximately 430,000 POS terminals providing electronic processing of prepaid mobile airtime top-up services in Europe, the Middle East, Asia Pacific and North America.
 
    A Money Transfer Segment, which provides global consumer-to-consumer money transfer services through a sending network of agents and Company-owned stores primarily in North America and Europe, disbursing money transfers through a worldwide payer network. The Money Transfer Segment originates and terminates transactions through a network of approximately 75,800 locations, which include sending agents and Company-owned stores, and an extensive payer network in more than 100 countries.
We have five processing centers in Europe, two in Asia Pacific and two in North America. We have 23 principal offices in Europe, one in the Middle East, five in Asia Pacific, and six in North America. Our executive offices are located in Leawood, Kansas, USA. With approximately 76% of our revenues denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, any significant changes in currency exchange rates will likely have a significant impact on our growth in revenues, operating income and diluted earnings per share (for more discussion, see Item 1A – Risk Factors and Item 7A – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk).
SOURCES OF REVENUES AND CASH FLOW
Euronet earns revenues and income based on ATM management fees, transaction fees and commissions, professional services, software licensing fees and software maintenance agreements. Each business segment’s sources of revenue are described below.
EFT Processing Segment – Revenue in the EFT Processing Segment, which represented approximately 20% of total consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008, is derived from fees charged for transactions effected by cardholders on our proprietary network of ATMs, as well as fixed management fees and transaction fees we charge to banks for operating ATMs and processing credit cards under outsourcing agreements. Through our proprietary network, we generally charge fees for four types of ATM transactions: i) cash withdrawals, ii) balance inquiries, iii) transactions not completed because the relevant card issuer does not give authorization, and iv) prepaid telecommunication recharges. Revenue in this segment is also derived from license fees, professional services and maintenance fees for software and sales of related hardware. Software license fees are the fees we charge to license our proprietary application software to customers. Professional service fees consist of charges for customization, installation and consulting services to customers. Software maintenance revenue represents the ongoing fees charged for maintenance and support for customers’ software products. Hardware sales are derived from the sale of computer equipment necessary for the respective software solution.
Prepaid Processing Segment – Revenue in the Prepaid Processing Segment, which represented approximately 58% of total consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008, is primarily derived from commissions or processing fees received from telecommunications service providers for the sale and distribution of prepaid mobile airtime. We also generate revenue from commissions earned from the distribution of other prepaid products. Due to certain provisions in our mobile phone operator agreements, the operators have the ability to reduce the overall commission paid on each top-up transaction. However, by virtue of our agreements with retailers (distributors where POS terminals are located) in certain markets, not all of these reductions are absorbed by us because we are able to pass a significant portion of the reductions to retailers. Accordingly, under certain retailer agreements, the effect is to reduce revenues and reduce our direct operating costs resulting in only a small impact on gross margin and operating income. In some markets, reductions in commissions can significantly impact our results as it may not be possible, either contractually or commercially in the concerned market, to pass a reduction in commissions to the retailers. In Australia, certain retailers negotiate

32


Table of Contents

directly with the mobile phone operators for their own commission rates, which also limits our ability to pass through reductions in commissions. Agreements with mobile operators are important to the success of our business. These agreements permit us to distribute prepaid mobile airtime to the mobile operators’ customers. Other products offered by this segment include prepaid long distance calling card plans, prepaid Internet plans, prepaid debit cards, prepaid gift cards, bill payment, money transfer and prepaid mobile content such as music, ringtones and games.
Money Transfer Segment – Revenue in the Money Transfer Segment, which represents approximately 22% of total consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008, is primarily derived through the charging of a transaction fee, as well as the difference between purchasing foreign currency at wholesale exchange rates and selling the foreign currency to consumers at retail exchange rates. We have an origination network in place comprised of agents and Company-owned stores primarily in North America and Europe and a worldwide network of distribution agents, consisting primarily of financial institutions in the transfer destination countries. Origination and distribution agents each earn fees for cash collection and distribution services. These fees are recognized as direct operating costs at the time of sale.
OPPORTUNITIES AND CHALLENGES
Our expansion plans and opportunities are focused on five primary areas:
    signing new outsourced ATM and POS terminal management contracts;
 
    increasing transactions processed on our network of owned and operated ATMs;
 
    expansion of our prepaid mobile airtime top-up processing network;
 
    expansion of our money transfer and bill payment network; and
 
    development of our credit and debit card outsourcing business.
EFT Processing Segment - The continued expansion and development of our EFT Processing Segment business will depend on various factors including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:
    the impact of competition by banks and other ATM operators and service providers in our current target markets;
 
    the demand for our ATM outsourcing services in our current target markets;
 
    the ability to develop products or services to drive increases in transactions;
 
    the expansion of our various business lines in markets where we operate and in new markets;
 
    the entrance into additional card acceptance and ATM management agreements with banks;
 
    the ability to obtain required licenses in markets we intend to enter or expand services;
 
    the availability of financing for expansion;
 
    the ability to efficiently install ATMs contracted under newly awarded outsourcing agreements;
 
    the ability to renew existing contracts at profitable rates;
 
    the ability to expand and sign additional customers for the cross-border merchant processing and acquiring business; and
 
    the continued development and implementation of our software products and their ability to interact with other leading products.
We consistently evaluate and add prospects to our list of potential ATM outsource customers. However, we cannot predict the increase or decrease in the number of ATMs we manage under outsourcing agreements because this depends largely on the willingness of banks to enter into outsourcing contracts with us. Due to the thorough internal reviews and extensive negotiations conducted by existing and prospective banking customers in choosing outsource vendors, the process of entering into or renewing outsourcing agreements can take approximately six to twelve months or longer. The process is further complicated by the legal and regulatory considerations of local countries. These agreements tend to cover large numbers of ATMs, so significant increases and decreases in our pool of managed ATMs could result from acquisition or termination of these management contracts. Therefore, the timing of both current and new contract revenues is uncertain and unpredictable.
Software products are an integral part of our product lines, and our investment in research, development, delivery and customer support reflects our ongoing commitment to an expanded customer base. We have been able to enter into agreements under which we contribute the right to use our software in lieu of cash as our initial capital contributions to new transaction processing joint ventures. Such contributions sometimes permit us to enter new markets without significant capital investment.
We have entered the cross-border merchant processing and acquiring business through the execution of an agreement with a large petrol retailer in Central Europe. Since the beginning of 2007, we have devoted significant resources to the development of the necessary processing systems and capabilities to enter this business, which involves the purchase and design of hardware and software. Merchant acquiring involves processing credit and debit card transactions that are made on POS terminals, including authorization, settlement, and processing of settlement files. It generally involves the assumption of credit risk, as the principal amount of transactions is usually settled to merchants before settlements are received from card associations.

33


Table of Contents

Prepaid Processing Segment – The continued expansion and development of the Prepaid Processing Segment business will depend on various factors, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:
    the ability to negotiate new agreements in additional markets with mobile phone operators, agent financial institutions and retailers;
 
    the ability to use existing expertise and relationships with mobile operators and retailers to our advantage;
 
    the continuation of the trend towards conversion from scratch card solutions to electronic processing solutions for prepaid mobile airtime among mobile phone users, and the continued use of third-party providers such as ourselves to supply this service;
 
    the development of mobile phone networks in the markets in which we do business and the increase in the number of mobile phone users;
 
    the overall pace of growth in the prepaid mobile phone market;
 
    our market share of the retail distribution capacity;
 
    the level of commission that is paid to the various intermediaries in the prepaid mobile airtime distribution chain;
 
    our ability to add new and differentiated prepaid products in addition to those offered by mobile operators;
 
    the ability to take advantage of cross-selling opportunities with our Money Transfer Segment, including providing money transfer services through our prepaid locations; and
 
    the availability of financing for further expansion.
In mature markets, such as the U.K., New Zealand and Spain, the conversion from scratch cards to electronic forms of distribution is either complete or nearing completion. Because of this factor, we are not likely to experience the organic increases in the number of transactions per terminal that we have experienced historically. Also in mature markets, competition among prepaid distributors results in the increase of commissions paid to retailers and increases in retailer attrition rates. The combined impact of these factors in developed markets is a flattening of growth in the revenues and profits that we earn. In other markets in which we operate, such as Poland, Germany and the U.S., many of the factors that may contribute to rapid growth (conversion from scratch cards to electronic distribution, growth in the prepaid market, expansion of our network of retailers and access to all mobile operators’ products) remain present. In Australia, our main competitor ceased business during 2008, allowing us to strengthen our position in this key market.
Money Transfer Segment – The expansion and development of our money transfer business will depend on various factors, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:
    the continued growth in worker migration and employment opportunities;
 
    the mitigation of economic and political factors that have had an adverse impact on money transfer volumes, such as changes in the economic sectors in which immigrants work and the developments in immigration policies in the U.S.;
 
    the continuation of the trend of increased use of electronic money transfer and bill payment services among immigrant workers and the unbanked population in our markets;
 
    the ability to maintain our agent and correspondent networks;
 
    the ability to offer our products and services or develop new products and services at competitive prices to drive increases in transactions;
 
    the expansion of our services in markets where we operate and in new markets;
 
    the ability to strengthen our brands;
 
    our ability to fund working capital requirements;
 
    our ability to maintain compliance with the regulatory requirements of the jurisdictions in which we operate or plan to operate;
 
    the ability to take advantage of cross-selling opportunities with the Prepaid Processing Segment, including providing prepaid services through RIA’s stores and agents worldwide;
 
    the ability to leverage our banking and merchant/retailer relationships to expand money transfer corridors to Europe and Asia, including high growth corridors to Central and Eastern European countries;
 
    the availability of financing for further expansion; and
 
    our ability to continue to successfully integrate RIA with our other operations.
Like other participants in the money transfer industry, as a result of immigration developments, downturns in certain labor markets and the current economic crisis, the number of money transfers from the U.S. to Mexico decreased in 2008 compared to 2007. We cannot predict how long these issues will continue to affect the U.S. market or whether other markets will experience similar issues.
Corporate Services, Eliminations and Other – In addition to operating in our principal business segments described above, our “Corporate Services, Elimination and Other” division includes non-operating activity, certain inter-segment eliminations and the cost of providing corporate and other administrative services to the business segments, including share-based compensation expense related to most stock option and restricted stock grants. These services are not directly identifiable with our business segments.

34


Table of Contents

The accounting policies of each segment are the same as those referenced in the summary of significant accounting policies (see Note 3, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices, to the Consolidated Financial Statements). We evaluate performance of our segments based on income or loss from continuing operations before income taxes, foreign currency exchange gain (loss), minority interest and other nonrecurring gains and losses.
For all segments, our continued expansion may involve additional acquisitions that could divert our resources and management time and require integration of new assets with our existing networks and services. Our ability to effectively manage our rapid growth has required us to expand our operating systems and employee base, particularly at the management level, which has added incremental operating costs. An inability to continue to effectively manage expansion could have a material adverse effect on our business, growth, financial condition or results of operations. Inadequate technology and resources would impair our ability to maintain current processing technology and efficiencies, as well as deliver new and innovative services to compete in the marketplace.
SEGMENT REVENUES AND OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2007 AND 2006
                                                 
    Revenues     Operating Income (Loss)  
(in thousands)   2008     2007     2006     2008     2007     2006  
EFT Processing
  $ 205,257     $ 174,049     $ 144,515     $ 38,306     $ 36,147     $ 34,278  
Prepaid Processing
    609,106       569,858       467,651       (4,659 )     52,813       37,622  
Money Transfer
    231,302       158,759       3,210       (157,150 )     7,130       (3,295 )
 
                                   
Total
    1,045,665       902,666       615,376       (123,503 )     96,090       68,605  
Corporate services
                      (25,518 )     (19,856 )     (17,833 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total
  $ 1,045,665     $ 902,666     $ 615,376     $ (149,021 )   $ 76,234     $ 50,772  
 
                                   
SUMMARY
Our annual consolidated revenues increased by 16% for 2008 over 2007, and 47% for 2007 over 2006. These increases reflect acquisitions, primarily RIA in April 2007, as well as growth in our business resulting from increases in the average number of ATMs managed and transactions processed. For further discussion regarding acquisitions, see Note 6, Acquisitions, to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Our operating income for 2008 includes a non-cash goodwill and intangible asset impairment charge of $220.1 million as discussed in Note 10, Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets, Net, to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The results for 2007 include an increase in operating income of $12.2 million for a federal excise tax refund discussed in Note 23, Federal Excise Tax Refund, to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Excluding the goodwill and intangible assets impairment charge in 2008 and the federal excise tax refund in 2007, our operating income increased 11% for 2008 over 2007 and 26% for 2007 over 2006. These increases were primarily the result of growth in transaction volumes and related revenues.
Net loss for 2008 was $195.1 million, or $3.97 per diluted share, compared to net income for 2007 of $53.5 million, or $1.11 per diluted share, and net income of $46.0 million, or $1.16 per diluted share for 2006. In addition to the explanations above, net loss for 2008 included an $18.8 million impairment loss on investment securities and a foreign currency exchange translation loss of $9.8 million, while net income for 2007 and 2006 included foreign currency exchange translation gains of $15.5 million and $10.3 million, respectively. Net loss for 2008 includes a loss from discontinued operations of $1.1 million, or $0.02 per diluted share while net income for 2007 and 2006 include gains from discontinued operations of $1.0 million and $0.6 million, respectively, or $0.02 per diluted share for each year.
Impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates
Beginning in 2006 and through mid-2008, the U.S. dollar weakened compared to most of the currencies of the countries in which we operate. In the second half of 2008, the U.S. dollar strengthened significantly. Despite the recent strengthening, the U.S. dollar was, on average, weaker in 2008 than in 2007. Because our revenues and local expenses are recorded in the functional currencies of our operating entities, amounts we earned for 2008 and 2007 are positively impacted by the weakening of the U.S. dollar. We estimate that, depending on the mix of countries and currencies, our 2008 and 2007 operating income benefited by approximately 5% to 10% when compared to 2007 and 2006, respectively. While the benefit of the weakened U.S. dollar generally contributed to improvements in each segment in 2007, the benefit for 2008 was mainly concentrated in the EFT Processing Segment, largely due to the impact of the changes in exchange rates of the Polish zloty.

35


Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2007 AND 2006 – BY BUSINESS SEGMENT
EFT PROCESSING SEGMENT
2008 Compared to 2007
The following table summarizes the results of operations for the EFT Processing Segment for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Year-over-Year Change  
                    Increase     Increase  
                    (Decrease)     (Decrease)  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2008     2007     Amount     Percent  
Total revenues
  $ 205,257     $ 174,049     $ 31,208       18 %
 
                         
 
                               
Operating expenses:
                               
Direct operating costs
    93,414       74,879       18,535       25 %
Salaries and benefits
    34,944       31,874       3,070       10 %
Selling, general and administrative
    19,398       14,952       4,446       30 %
Depreciation and amortization
    19,195       16,197       2,998       19 %
 
                         
 
                               
Total operating expenses
    166,951       137,902       29,049       21 %
 
                         
 
                               
Operating income
  $ 38,306     $ 36,147     $ 2,159       6 %
 
                         
 
                               
Transactions processed (millions)
    704.2       603.8       100.4       17 %
ATMs as of December 31
    10,128       11,347       (1,219 )     (11 %)
Average ATMs
    10,554       10,025       529       5 %
Discontinued operations
During 2008, we decided to sell Euronet Essentis Limited (“Essentis”), a U.K. software entity previously included in the EFT Processing Segment, in order to focus our investments and resources on our transactions processing businesses. We are in the process of selling the business. Accordingly, the results of operations for Essentis are shown as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for all periods presented and have been removed from the table above.
Revenues
Our revenue for 2008 increased when compared to 2007 primarily due to increases in the average number of ATMs operated and the number of transactions processed. These increases were attributable to many of our operations, but primarily our operations in Poland, India and Euronet Card Services Greece. Additionally, during 2008 the U.S. dollar was weaker on average than during 2007 relative to the currencies of most of the countries in which we operate. Because our revenues are recorded in the functional currencies of our operating entities, amounts we earn in foreign currencies are positively impacted by the weakening of the U.S. dollar. Partly offsetting these improvements were decreases in revenue associated with our operations in Romania due to a decrease in the per transaction fee structure with a customer that was granted in exchange for an extension of the contract term and the expiration of an ATM services contract discussed in more detail in the following paragraph.
Average monthly revenue per ATM was $1,621 for 2008, compared to $1,447 for 2007 and revenue per transaction was $0.29 for both 2008 and 2007. The increase in revenues per ATM is generally the result of the expiration of an ATM services contract in the U.K. at the end of the first quarter 2008 that involved processing services only, with very little associated costs and, therefore, had lower-than-average revenue per ATM. As of December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008, we were providing processing services for approximately 2,300 and 2,400 ATMs, respectively, under this contract. Partly offsetting this improvement is the addition of ATMs in China and India, where revenues per ATM have been historically lower than Central and Eastern Europe, generally due to lower labor costs.
Our contracts in the EFT Processing Segment tend to cover large numbers of ATMs, so significant increases and decreases in our pool of managed ATMs could result from entry into or termination of these management contracts. Banks have historically been very deliberate in negotiating these agreements and have evaluated a wide range of matters when deciding to choose an outsource vendor. Generally, the process of negotiating a new agreement is subject to extensive management analysis and approvals and the process

36


Table of Contents

typically takes six to twelve months or longer. Increasing consolidation in the banking industry could make this process less predictable.
Our existing contracts generally have terms of five to seven years and a number of them will expire or be up for renewal each year for the next few years. As a result, we expect to be regularly engaged in discussions with one or more of our customer banks to either obtain renewal of, or restructure, our ATM outsourcing agreements. During the fourth quarter 2008 and first quarter 2009, certain customer contracts were terminated or expired, resulting in a decrease of 689 ATMs in the fourth quarter 2008 and approximately 1,000 ATMs in the first quarter 2009. Most of the ATM reductions resulted from bank customers shifting their processing to related processing subsidiaries in contemplation of selling the subsidiaries to raise capital, rather than the loss of contracts to competitors. The reduction in the number of ATMs from contract terminations or expirations was partially offset by increases in ATMs driven under new contracts, expansion of ATMs under existing contracts and the deployment of ATMs in markets where we operate Euronet-branded ATMs.
For contracts that we are able to renew, as was the case for contract renewals in Romania and Greece in prior years, we expect customers to seek rate concessions or up-front payments because of the greater availability of alternative processing solutions in many of our markets now, as compared to when we entered into the contracts. We have been able to renew or extend most of the remaining contracts that came up for renewal in 2008 or expiration in 2009. While we have been successful in many cases in obtaining new terms that preserve the same level of earnings arising from the agreements, we have not been successful in all cases, and therefore we expect to experience reductions in revenue in future quarters arising from the expiration or restructuring of agreements.
For the contracts that expired during the fourth quarter 2008 and first quarter 2009, excluding substantial termination fees that we expect to receive, we estimate that the impact to 2009 will be a reduction in revenue of approximately $15 million to $16 million, resulting in reduced operating income of approximately $3 million to $4 million. We cannot be sure we will have sufficient revenues from new contracts to offset potential revenue reductions from expired or restructured agreements.
Direct operating costs
Direct operating costs consist primarily of site rental fees, cash delivery costs, cash supply costs, maintenance, insurance, telecommunications and the cost of data center operations-related personnel, as well as the processing centers’ facility related costs and other processing center related expenses. The increase in direct operating cost for 2008, compared to 2007, is attributed to the increase in the average number of ATMs under operation, particularly the growing number of independently deployed ATMs in new markets, and the launch of our cross-border merchant acquiring business. Throughout 2007 and into 2008, we incurred substantial capital and operating expenditures in anticipation of entering the cross-border merchant acquiring business after we entered into an agreement for these services with a large petrol retailer in Central Europe. The revenues recorded after launching this business in mid-2008 have not been significant; however, the cost structure is largely in place and is contributing to the increase in direct operating costs and certain other expenses discussed below. Additionally, 2008 and 2007 include losses of approximately $0.7 million and $1.9 million, respectively, primarily in Poland and Hungary, as a result of certain fraudulent transactions by card holders on our network.
Gross profit
Gross profit, which is calculated as revenues less direct operating costs, increased to $111.8 million for 2008 from $99.2 million for 2007. This increase is mainly attributable to the increase in revenues discussed above. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues (gross margin) was 54% for 2008 compared to 57% for 2007. The decrease in gross margin is primarily due to the impact of the expiration of the ATM services contract in the U.K. and launching the cross-border merchant acquiring business.
Salaries and benefits
The increase in salaries and benefits for 2008 compared to 2007 was due to staffing costs to support growth in the average number of ATMs managed and transactions processed and for new products, such as POS, card processing and cross-border merchant processing and acquiring. Salaries and benefits also increased as a result of general merit increases awarded to employees. As a percentage of revenue, however, these costs decreased slightly to 17% of revenues for 2008 compared to 18% for 2007.
Selling, general and administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses for 2007 include a $1.2 million arbitration loss awarded by a tribunal in Budapest, Hungary arising from a claim by a former cash supply contractor in Central Europe. Excluding the impact of the arbitration loss, as a percentage of revenues, selling general and administrative expenses increased to 9% in 2008 compared to 8% in 2007. This increase in selling, general and administrative expenses for 2008 compared to 2007 is due primarily to the launch of our cross-border merchant acquiring business that occurred during the second quarter 2008. As explained above, the revenues recorded after launching this business have not been significant; however, the cost structure is in place to support this new business.
Depreciation and amortization
The increase in depreciation and amortization expense for 2008 compared to 2007 is due primarily to additional ATMs in Poland and India and additional equipment and software for our processing centers in Hungary and China. As a percentage of revenue, these expenses remained flat at 9% for both 2008 and 2007.
Operating income
The increase in operating income was primarily due to the increases in revenues described above. Additionally, operating income was affected by several unique items in 2008 and 2007: 2007 operating income was reduced $1.2 million by the arbitration loss described above; operating income was $1.2 million greater in 2008 compared to 2007 due to the decrease in fraudulent card losses described

37


Table of Contents

above; operating income was $7.6 million less in 2008 compared to 2007 due to the expiration of the ATM services contract and the launching of the cross-border merchant acquiring business described above. Excluding the impacts of these items, operating income increased 20% in 2008 compared to 2007, was 22% as a percentage of revenues for 2008 compared to 21% for 2007 and was $0.06 per transaction for both 2008 and 2007.
Operating income for 2008 and 2007 also includes $1.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively, in losses associated with expanding operations for the Company’s 75% owned joint venture in China. As of December 31, 2008, we had deployed and were providing all of the day-to-day outsourcing services for 544 ATMs. Under current agreements, we expect that the total number of ATMs in China deployed and for which we will be providing day-to-day outsourcing services will increase to over 1,000 during the next 12 months.
Software sales backlog
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the EFT Segment had a software contract backlog of approximately $7.9 million compared to approximately $5.7 million as of December 31, 2007. This backlog represents software sales based on signed contracts under which we continue to have performance milestones before the sale will be completed. We recognize revenue on a percentage of completion method, based on certain milestone conditions, for our software solutions. As a result, we have not recognized all the revenues associated with these sales contracts. We cannot give assurances that the milestones under the contracts will be completed or that we will be able to recognize the related revenue within the next year.
2007 Compared to 2006
The following table summarizes the results of operations for the EFT Processing Segment for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Year-over-Year Change  
                    Increase     Increase  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2007     2006     Amount     Percent  
Total revenues
  $ 174,049     $ 144,515     $ 29,534       20 %
 
                         
 
                               
Operating expenses:
                               
Direct operating costs
    74,879       56,851       18,028       32 %
Salaries and benefits
    31,874       27,417       4,457       16 %
Selling, general and administrative
    14,952       12,069       2,883       24 %
Depreciation and amortization
    16,197       13,900       2,297       17 %
 
                         
 
                               
Total operating expenses
    137,902       110,237       27,665       25 %
 
                         
 
                               
Operating income
  $ 36,147     $ 34,278     $ 1,869       5 %
 
                         
 
                               
Transactions processed (millions)
    603.8       463.6       140.2       30 %
ATMs as of December 31
    11,347       8,885       2,462       28 %
Average ATMs
    10,025       8,066       1,959       24 %
Revenues
Our revenue for 2007 increased when compared to 2006 primarily due to increases in the number of ATMs operated and, for owned ATMs, the number of transactions processed, primarily in Poland and India. These increases were attributable to most of our operations, but primarily our operations in Poland, India and Greece and our software operations. Additionally, beginning in 2006 and during 2007, the U.S. dollar weakened compared to the currencies of most of the countries in which we operate. Because our revenues are recorded in the functional currencies of our operating entities, amounts we earn in foreign currencies are positively impacted by the weakening of the U.S. dollar.
Partially offsetting these increases was a reduction in revenues associated with the extension of certain customer contracts for several years beyond their original terms. In exchange for these extensions, we paid or received up-front payments and agreed on gradually declining fee structures. As prescribed by U.S. GAAP, revenue under these contracts is recognized based on proportional performance of services over the term of the contract, which generally results in “straight-line” (i.e., consistent value per period) revenue recognition of the contracts’ total cash flows, including any up-front payment. This straight-line revenue recognition results in revenue that is less than contractual invoices and cash receipts in the early periods of the agreement and revenue that is greater than the contractual invoices and cash receipts in the later years of the agreement. As a result of the revenue recognition under these contracts, amounts invoiced under the contracts exceeded the amount of revenue that we recognized by about $2.7 million for 2007, compared to approximately $1.6 million for 2006.

38


Table of Contents

Average monthly revenue per ATM was $1,447 for 2007, compared to $1,493 for 2006 and revenue per transaction was $0.29 for 2007, compared to $0.31 for 2006. The decrease in revenues per ATM and revenues per transaction was due to the addition of ATMs where related revenue has not yet developed to mature levels, the impact of the contract extensions discussed above and the addition of ATMs in India where revenues per ATM have been historically lower than Central and Eastern Europe generally due to lower labor costs.
Direct operating costs
The increase in direct operating cost for 2007, compared to 2006, was attributed to the increase in the number of ATMs under operation. Additionally, 2007 includes losses of approximately $1.9 million, primarily in Poland and Hungary, as a result of certain fraudulent transactions by card holders on our network.
Gross profit
Gross profit increased to $99.2 million for 2007 from $87.7 million for 2006. This increase was attributable to the increase in revenues discussed above. Gross margin was 57% for 2007 compared to 61% for 2006. The decrease in gross margin was due to the impact of accounting for certain contract renewals, the fraudulent transaction losses and other fluctuations in revenues and direct operating costs discussed above, as well as the increased contributions of our subsidiary in India, which has historically earned a lower gross margin than our other operations.
Salaries and benefits
The increase in salaries and benefits for 2007 compared to 2006 was due to staffing costs to expand in emerging markets, such as India, China and new European markets, and additional products, such as POS, card processing and cross-border merchant processing and acquiring. Salaries and benefits also increased as a result of general merit increases awarded to employees and certain additional staffing requirements due to the larger number of ATMs under operation and transactions processed. As a percentage of revenue, however, these costs remained relatively flat at 18% of revenues for 2007 compared to 19% for 2006.
Selling, general and administrative
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses for 2007 compared to 2006 was due to costs to expand in emerging markets, such as India, China and new European markets, and additional products, such as POS, card processing and cross-border merchant processing and acquiring. Additionally, during 2007, we recorded a loss of $1.2 million under an arbitral award granted by a tribunal in Budapest, Hungary arising from a claim by a former cash supply contractor in Central Europe. The cash supply contractor claimed it provided us with cash during the fourth quarter 1999 and first quarter 2000 that was not returned. As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses were relatively flat at 9% for 2007 and 8% for 2006.
Depreciation and amortization
The increase in depreciation and amortization expense for 2007 compared to 2006 was due primarily to additional equipment and software for the expansion of our Hungarian processing center incurred during 2006, additional ATMs in Poland and India. As a percentage of revenue, these expenses decreased slightly to 9% for 2007 from 10% for 2006.
Operating income
The increase in operating income was primarily due to the increases in revenues described above, offset by the $1.1 million decrease in revenues related to certain contract renewals, the $1.9 million fraudulent card losses and the arbitration loss described in the sections above. Operating income as a percentage of revenues was 21% for 2007 compared to 24% for 2006 and $0.06 per transaction for 2007 compared to $0.07 per transaction for 2006. Adjusting for the impact of the fraudulent card losses and the arbitration loss, operating income as a percentage of revenue would have been 23% and operating income per transaction would have been $0.07.
Operating income for 2007 and 2006 also includes $1.2 million and $1.3 million, respectively, in losses associated with expanding operations for the Company’s 75% owned joint venture in China. As of December 31, 2007, we had deployed and were providing all of the day-to-day outsourcing services for over 250 ATMs.

39


Table of Contents

PREPAID PROCESSING SEGMENT
2008 Compared to 2007
The following table summarizes the results of operations for the Prepaid Processing Segment for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Year-over-Year Change  
                    Increase     Increase  
                    (Decrease)     (Decrease)  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2008     2007     Amount     Percent  
Total revenues
  $ 609,106     $ 569,858     $ 39,248       7 %
 
                         
 
                               
Operating expenses:
                               
Direct operating costs
    495,971       464,874       31,097       7 %
Salaries and benefits
    28,574       27,493       1,081       4 %
Selling, general and administrative
    22,098       20,567       1,531       7 %
Goodwill impairment
    50,681             50,681       n/m  
Federal excise tax refund
          (12,191 )     12,191       n/m  
Depreciation and amortization
    16,441       16,302       139       1 %
 
                         
 
                               
Total operating expenses
    613,765       517,045       96,720       19 %
 
                         
 
                               
Operating income (loss)
  $ (4,659 )   $ 52,813     $ (57,472 )     n/m  
 
                         
 
                               
Transactions processed (millions)
    713.1       634.8       78.3       12 %
 
n/m   — Not meaningful.
Revenues
The increase in revenues for 2008 compared to 2007 was generally attributable to the increase in total transactions processed across most of our Prepaid Processing Segment operations, particularly Australia, Germany and Poland. The growth in Australia has been the result of our main competitor ceasing business during 2008, allowing us to strengthen our position in this key market.
In certain more mature markets, such as the U.K., New Zealand and Spain, our revenue growth has slowed substantially and, in some cases, revenues have decreased because conversion from scratch cards to electronic top-up is substantially complete and certain mobile operators and retailers are driving competitive reductions in pricing and margins. We expect most of our future revenue growth to be derived from: (i) additional products sold over the base of prepaid processing terminals, (ii) developing markets or markets in which there is organic growth in the prepaid sector overall, (iii) continued conversion from scratch cards to electronic top-up in less mature markets, and (iv) acquisitions, if available.
Revenues per transaction decreased to $0.85 for 2008 from $0.90 for 2007 due primarily to the growth in revenues and transactions recorded by our ATX subsidiary, which is 51% Euronet-owned. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, ATX is consolidated and the amounts in our financial statements and in the table above reflect 100% of ATX’s results. Results attributable to the 49% minority owner are reflected in the minority interest line of our Consolidated Statements of Operations. ATX provides only transaction processing services without direct costs and other operating costs generally associated with installing and managing terminals; therefore, the revenue we recognize from these transactions is a fraction of that recognized on average transactions, but with very low cost. Partly offsetting this decrease was the growth in both volumes and revenues in Australia which generally has higher revenues per transaction, but also pays higher commission rates to retailers, than our other Prepaid Processing subsidiaries.
Direct operating costs
Direct operating costs in the Prepaid Processing Segment include the commissions we pay to retail merchants for the distribution and sale of prepaid mobile airtime and other prepaid products, as well as expenses required to operate POS terminals. Because of their nature, these expenditures generally fluctuate directly with revenues and processed transactions. The increase in direct operating costs is generally attributable to the increase in total transactions processed.

40


Table of Contents

Gross profit
Gross profit was $113.1 million for 2008 compared to $105.0 million for 2007. Gross margin increased to 19% for 2008 compared to 18% for 2007 and gross profit per transaction was $0.16 for 2008 compared to $0.17 for 2007. Most of the reduction in gross profit per transaction is due to the growth of revenues and transactions at our ATX subsidiary and the general maturity of the prepaid mobile airtime business in many of our markets.
Salaries and benefits
While salaries and benefits increased for 2008 compared to 2007 to support development in new and growing markets, as a percentage of revenue, they decreased slightly to 4.7% for 2008 from 4.8% for 2007.
Selling, general and administrative
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses for 2008 compared to 2007 is the result of additional overhead to support development in new and growing markets. As a percentage of revenues, these selling, general and administrative expenses remained flat at 3.6% for both 2008 and 2007.
Goodwill impairment
In 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $50.7 million related to the goodwill of the Spanish prepaid business in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” We perform our annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of each year, which coincided this year with severe disruptions in the credit markets and the macroeconomic business climate. These events have caused credit, currency and stock markets to plummet in the second half of 2008 and have adversely impacted corporate valuations across most industries, all of which contributed to a significant decline in our stock price. An important component of the 2008 goodwill impairment testing was the reconciliation of a company’s equity to its market capitalization. During the fourth quarter 2008 and into 2009, our total market capitalization was less than the recorded value of the Company’s equity by an amount approaching 50% of recorded equity, creating a strong indicator of impairment for our goodwill balance. Because of these macroeconomic conditions, after incorporating assumptions that we or another purchaser would likely make into the Company’s business outlook and projections for the Spanish prepaid business, we determined that the resulting valuations were not sufficient to support the recorded value of our investment. Specifically, growth in the prepaid mobile phone business in Spain has been slower than expected and commission pressure from mobile operators, as well as intense competition from other prepaid processors, has reduced profitability. Any adjustment to that estimated charge resulting from the completion of the measurement of the impairment loss will be recognized in the first quarter 2009. See Note 10, Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets, Net, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of this charge.
Federal excise tax refund
During 2006, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) announced that Internal Revenue Code Section 4251 (relating to communications excise tax) will no longer apply to, among other services, prepaid mobile airtime services such as those offered by the Prepaid Processing Segment’s U.S. operations. Additionally, companies that paid this excise tax during the period beginning on March 1, 2003 and ending on July 31, 2006, are entitled to a credit or refund of amounts paid in conjunction with the filing of 2006 federal income tax returns. During 2007, $12.2 million was recorded for amounts paid during this period as a reduction to operating expenses of the Prepaid Processing Segment.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization expense primarily represents amortization of acquired intangibles and the depreciation of POS terminals we install in retail stores. The increase in depreciation and amortization for 2008 compared to 2007 reflects additional POS terminals installed as the business has grown. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization expense decreased to 2.7% for 2008 from 2.9% for 2007.
Operating income (loss)
The decrease in operating income for 2008 compared to 2007 is mainly due to the goodwill impairment charge in 2008 and the benefit of the federal excise tax refund in 2007. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge and the benefit of the federal excise tax refund, operating income as a percentage of revenues was 7.6% for 2008 compared to 7.1% for 2007. The increase is due to the growth in revenues and transactions processed and the impact of leveraging operating costs. Also excluding the goodwill impairment charge and the federal excise tax refund, operating income per transaction remained flat at $0.06 for 2008 and 2007.

41


Table of Contents

2007 Compared to 2006
The following table summarizes the results of operations for the Prepaid Processing Segment for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Year-over-Year Change  
                    Increase        
                    (Decrease)     Increase  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2007     2006     Amount     Percent  
Total revenues
  $ 569,858     $ 467,651     $ 102,207       22 %
 
                         
 
                               
Operating expenses:
                               
Direct operating costs
    464,874       376,329       88,545       24 %
Salaries and benefits
    27,493       22,561       4,932       22 %
Selling, general and administrative
    20,567       17,011       3,556       21 %
Federal excise tax refund
    (12,191 )           (12,191 )     n/m  
Depreciation and amortization
    16,302       14,128       2,174       15 %
 
                         
 
                               
Total operating expenses
    517,045       430,029       87,016       20 %
 
                         
 
                               
Operating income
  $ 52,813     $ 37,622     $ 15,191       40 %
 
                         
 
                               
Transactions processed (millions)
    634.8       457.8       177.0       39 %
 
n/m   — Not meaningful.
Revenues
The increase in revenues for 2007 compared to 2006 was generally attributable to: (i) the increase in total transactions processed across all of our Prepaid Processing Segment operations; (ii) $47.2 million in revenues contributed by Omega Logic and Brodos Romania, which were acquired in the first quarter 2007; and (iii) foreign currency translations to the U.S. dollar. Beginning in 2006 and during 2007, the U.S. dollar weakened compared to most of the currencies of the countries in which we operate. Because our revenues are recorded in the functional currencies of our operating entities, amounts we earn are positively impacted by the weakening of the U.S. dollar.
Revenue growth was partially offset by reduced revenue growth in Spain resulting from the second quarter 2006 expiration of a preferential commission arrangement with a Spanish mobile operator. Additionally, in certain more mature markets, such as the U.K., New Zealand and Spain, our revenue growth slowed substantially and, in some cases, revenues decreased because conversion from scratch cards to electronic top-up was substantially complete and certain mobile operators and retailers were driving competitive reductions in pricing and margins.
Revenues per transaction decreased to $0.90 for 2007 from $1.02 for 2006 due primarily to the growth in revenues and transactions recorded by our ATX subsidiary. Transaction volumes for ATX in 2007 increased over 100% compared to 2006. Partially offsetting the decreases described above was the growth in both volumes and revenues in Australia and the U.S., which generally have higher revenues per transaction, but also pay higher commission rates to retailers, than our other Prepaid Processing subsidiaries.
Direct operating costs
The increase in direct operating costs was generally attributable to the increase in total transactions processed and foreign currency translations to the U.S. dollar compared to the prior year.
Gross profit
Gross profit, which represents revenues less direct costs, was $105.0 million for 2007 compared to $91.3 million for 2006. Gross margin decreased to 18% for 2007 compared to 20% for 2006 and gross profit per transaction was $0.17 for 2007 compared to $0.20 for 2006. Most of the reduction in gross profit per transaction was due to the growth of revenues and transactions at our ATX subsidiary, the expiration of preferential commission arrangements in Spain discussed above and the general maturity of the prepaid mobile airtime business in many of our markets.

42


Table of Contents

Salaries and benefits
The increase in salaries and benefits for 2007 compared to 2006 was primarily the result of the acquisitions of Brodos Romania and Omega Logic, as well as additional overhead to support development in other new and growing markets. As a percentage of revenue, salaries and benefits remained flat at 4.8% for both 2007 and 2006.
Selling, general and administrative
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses for 2007 compared to 2006 was the result of the acquisitions of Brodos Romania and Omega Logic, as well as additional overhead to support development in other new and growing markets. As a percentage of revenues these selling, general and administrative expenses remained flat at 3.6% for both 2007 and 2006.
Federal excise tax refund
During 2007, $12.2 million was recorded as a reduction to operating expenses of the Prepaid Processing Segment related to the federal excise tax refund more fully described in the previous section entitled “2008 Compared to 2007.”
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization expense primarily represents amortization of acquired intangibles and the depreciation of POS terminals we install in retail stores. The increase in depreciation and amortization for 2007 compared to 2006 was primarily due to the acquisitions of Brodos Romania and Omega Logic. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization decreased slightly to 2.9% for 2007 from 3.0% for 2006.
Operating income
The improvement in operating income for 2007 compared to 2006 was due to the significant growth in revenues and transactions processed, the federal excise tax refund and the benefit of foreign currency translations to the U.S. dollar, partially offset by the impact of the events in Spain discussed above and the costs of development in new and growing markets.
Excluding the benefit of the federal excise tax refund, operating income as a percentage of revenues was 7.1% for 2007 compared to 8.0% for 2006. The decrease is primarily due to the events in Spain and operating expenses incurred to support development in new and growing markets. Also excluding the federal excise tax refund, operating income per transaction was $0.06 for 2007 compared to $0.08 for 2006. The decrease in operating income per transaction is due to the events in Spain, the impact of maturing markets and the growth in revenues and transactions at our ATX subsidiary. These decreases were partially offset by the benefit of foreign currency translations to the U.S. dollar.
MONEY TRANSFER SEGMENT
The Money Transfer Segment was established during April 2007 with the acquisition of RIA, which is more fully described in Note 6, Acquisitions, to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report. To assist in better understanding the results of the Money Transfer Segment, unaudited pro forma results for 2007 have been provided as if RIA’s results were included in our consolidated results of operations beginning January 1, 2007. The pro forma financial information is not intended to represent, or be indicative of, the consolidated results of operations or financial condition that would have been reported had the RIA acquisition been completed as of the beginning of the periods presented.

43


Table of Contents

2008 Compared to 2007
The following table presents the actual results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 for the Money Transfer Segment.
                                 
    As Reported  
    Year Ended December 31,     Year-over-Year Change  
                    Increase        
                    (Decrease)     Increase  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2008     2007     Amount     Percent  
Total revenues
  $ 231,302     $ 158,759     $ 72,543       46 %
 
                         
 
                               
Operating expenses:
                               
Direct operating costs
    114,457       83,795       30,662       37 %
Salaries and benefits
    50,543       32,705       17,838       55 %
Selling, general and administrative
    34,673       21,459       13,214       62 %
Goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment
    169,396             169,396       n/m  
Depreciation and amortization
    19,383       13,670       5,713       42 %
 
                         
 
                               
Total operating expenses
    388,452       151,629       236,823       156 %
 
                         
 
                               
Operating income (loss)
  $ (157,150 )   $ 7,130     $ (164,280 )     n/m  
 
                         
 
                               
Transactions processed (millions)
    16.7       12.0       4.7       39 %
 
n/m — Not meaningful.
The following table compares the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 to the pro forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 for the Money Transfer Segment:
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Year-over-Year Change  
                    Increase        
            2007     (Decrease)     Increase  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2008     Pro Forma     Amount     Percent  
            (unaudited)                  
Total revenues
  $ 231,302     $ 204,948     $ 26,354       13 %
 
                         
 
                               
Operating expenses:
                               
Direct operating costs
    114,457       108,589       5,868       5 %
Salaries and benefits
    50,543       42,383       8,160       19 %
Selling, general and administrative
    34,673       27,444       7,229       26 %
Goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment
    169,396             169,396       n/m  
Depreciation and amortization
    19,383       17,700       1,683       10 %
 
                         
 
                               
Total operating expenses
    388,452       196,116       192,336       98 %
 
                         
 
                               
Operating income (loss)
  $ (157,150 )   $ 8,832     $ (165,982 )     n/m  
 
                         
 
                               
Transactions processed (millions)
    16.7       15.5       1.2       8 %
 
n/m — Not meaningful.
Comparison of pro forma operating results
During 2007, we combined our previous money transfer business with RIA and incurred total exit costs of $0.9 million. These costs represented the accelerated depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, software and leasehold improvements that were

44


Table of Contents

disposed of during 2007; the write off of marketing materials and trademarks that have been discontinued or will not be used; the write off of accounts receivable from agents that did not meet RIA’s credit requirements; and severance and retention payments made to certain employees. These exit costs are not included in pro forma operating expenses in the above table.
Revenues
Revenues from the Money Transfer Segment include a transaction fee for each transaction as well as the difference between purchasing currency at wholesale exchange rates and selling the currency to customers at retail exchange rates. Revenue per transaction was $13.85 for 2008 compared to pro forma revenue per transaction of $13.22 for 2007. On a historical basis, about 75% of our Money Transfer Segment revenues are derived from transaction fees, about 25% is derived from the foreign currency spread and other small amounts of revenue are derived from sources such as fees for cashing checks, issuing money orders and processing bill payments. For 2008, 68% of our money transfers were initiated in the U.S., 29% in Europe and 3% in other countries, such as Canada and Australia. For 2007, 75% of our money transfers were initiated in the U.S., 23% in Europe and 2% in other countries. We expect that the U.S. will continue to represent our highest volume market; however, significant future growth is expected to be derived from non-U.S. initiated sources.
The increase in revenues for 2008 compared to pro forma revenues for 2007 is primarily due to an 8% increase in the number of transactions processed for 2008 compared to 2007. For 2008, money transfers to Mexico, which represented 32% of total money transfers, decreased by 9%, while transfers to all other countries increased 18% when compared to the prior year due to the expansion of our operations and continued growth in immigrant worker populations in countries other than the U.S. The decline in transfers to Mexico was largely the result of immigration issues, downturns in certain labor markets and the current economic crisis. These issues have also resulted in certain competitors lowering transaction fees and foreign currency exchange spreads in certain markets where we do business in an attempt to limit the impact on money transfer volumes. We have generally maintained our pricing structure in response to these developments.
Direct operating costs
Direct operating costs in the Money Transfer Segment primarily represent commissions paid to agents that originate money transfers on our behalf and distribution agents that disburse funds to the customers’ destination beneficiary, together with less significant costs, such as telecommunication and bank fees to collect money from originating agents. While direct operating costs generally increase or decrease by a similar percentage as transactions, growth in transactions has outpaced the growth in direct costs in 2008 due to a greater growth rate for Company-owned stores rather than for agents.
Gross profit
Gross profit was $116.8 million for 2008 compared to pro forma gross profit of $96.4 million for 2007. This improvement is primarily due to the growth in money transfer transactions originated in non-U.S. locations, discussed above, along with favorable management of foreign currency exchange rate spreads. We have not engaged in the competitive price wars in our industry that some of our competitors have initiated, choosing instead to preserve our pricing structure and service levels and maintain a more profitable customer base. We cannot predict how long these issues will continue to affect the U.S. market or whether other markets will experience similar issues and we cannot predict whether we will change our strategy over the short or long term in order to protect or increase market share. Gross margin was 51% for 2008 compared to pro forma gross margin of 47% for 2007. The improvement primarily reflects the strong growth in transaction volume in our more profitable non-U.S. locations.
Salaries and benefits
Salaries and benefits include salaries and commissions paid to employees, the cost of providing employee benefits, amounts paid to contract workers and accruals for incentive compensation. The increase in salaries and benefits for 2008 compared to pro forma salaries and benefits for 2007 is primarily due to merit increases and additional costs to support our global expansion efforts, primarily the opening of Company-owned stores in Germany, France, Spain and the U.S.
Selling, general and administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses include operations support costs, such as rent, utilities, professional fees, indirect telecommunications, advertising and other miscellaneous overhead costs. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses for 2008 compared to pro forma selling, general and administrative expenses for 2007 is primarily to support our global expansion efforts.

45


Table of Contents

Goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment
In 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $169.4 million related to certain goodwill and intangible assets of the RIA money transfer business in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” and SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” We perform our annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of each year, which coincided this year with severe disruptions in the credit markets and the macroeconomic business climate. These events have caused credit, currency and stock markets to plummet in the second half of 2008 and have adversely impacted corporate valuations across most industries, all of which contributed to a significant decline in our stock price. An important component of the 2008 goodwill impairment testing was the reconciliation of a company’s equity to its market capitalization. During the fourth quarter 2008 and into 2009, our total market capitalization was less than the recorded value of the Company’s equity by an amount approaching 50% of recorded equity, creating a strong indicator of impairment for our goodwill balance. Because of these macroeconomic conditions, after incorporating assumptions that we or another purchaser would likely make into the business outlook and projections for the Money Transfer Segment, we determined that the resulting valuations were not sufficient to support the recorded value of our investment. Specifically, we have experienced reductions in volumes for money transfers between the U.S. and Mexico, among other corridors, that were initially expected to continue expanding. Should the current economic crisis worsen or should other factors cause us to significantly lower our cash flow projections for our money transfer business, we will need to reassess the business for further possible impairment. Any adjustment to that estimated charge resulting from the completion of the measurement of the impairment loss will be recognized in the first quarter 2009. See Note 10, Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets, Net, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of this charge.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization primarily represents amortization of acquired intangibles and also includes depreciation of money transfer terminals, computers and software, leasehold improvements and office equipment. The increase in depreciation and amortization for 2008 compared to pro forma depreciation and amortization for 2007 is primarily due to additional computer equipment in our customer service centers and increased leasehold improvements, office equipment and computer equipment for expansion of our Company-owned stores. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization was relatively flat at 8.4% for 2008 compared to pro forma depreciation and amortization of 8.6% for 2007.
Operating income
The decrease in operating income for 2008 compared to pro forma operating income for 2007 is due to the goodwill and acquired intangible impairment charge in 2008. Excluding this charge, operating income increased 39% in 2008 compared to pro forma operating income for 2007 which is the result of increased revenues and gross profit as discussed in more detail above, partly offset by additional costs incurred to support our global expansion efforts.
CORPORATE SERVICES
The components of Corporate Services operating expenses for 2008, 2007 and 2006 were as follows:
                                         
          Year-over-Year Change
                                    2007
          2008   Increase
    Year Ended December 31,     Increase   (Decrease)
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2008     2007     2006     Percent   Percent
Salaries and benefits
  $ 15,037     $ 13,217     $ 13,285       14 %     (1 %)
Selling, general and administrative
    9,249       5,811       4,343       59 %     34 %
Depreciation and amortization
    1,232       828       205       49 %     304 %
 
                                 
 
                                       
Total operating expenses
  $ 25,518     $ 19,856     $ 17,833       29 %     11 %
 
                                 
Operating expenses for Corporate Services increased by 29% for 2008 and 11% for 2007 compared to the respective prior year. The increase in salaries and benefits for 2008 compared to 2007 is primarily the result of severance costs related to certain senior level positions and increased share-based compensation related to awards made to new employees, including those in the Money Transfer Segment. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses is due primarily to the write-off of $3.0 million in professional fees and settlement costs associated with our abandoned acquisition of MoneyGram. The increase in corporate depreciation and amortization is the result of amortization associated with the third quarter 2007 purchase of an enterprise-wide desk-top license.
The decrease in salaries and benefits compensation for 2007 compared to 2006 was due primarily to lower incentive compensation accruals and the December 2006 resignation of our former President and Chief Operating Officer. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was mainly the result of higher professional fees and other expenses associated with acquisitions that were not completed, including Envios de Valores La Nacional Corp. (“La Nacional”). See Note 22, Litigation and Contingencies, to the

46


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion regarding La Nacional. The increase in corporate depreciation and amortization is the result of amortization associated with the enterprise-wide desk-top license.
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     Year-over-Year Change  
                            2008     2007  
                            Increase     Increase  
                            (Decrease)     (Decrease)  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2008     2007     2006     Percent     Percent  
Interest income
  $ 10,611     $ 16,250     $ 13,644       (35 %)     19 %
Interest expense
    (24,538 )     (26,126 )     (14,719 )     (6 %)     77 %
Income from unconsolidated affiliates
    1,250       908       660       38 %     38 %
Impairment loss on investment securities
    (18,760 )                 n/m       n/m  
Gain (loss) on early retirement of debt
    5,546       (427 )           n/m       n/m  
Foreign currency exchange gain (loss), net
    (9,821 )     15,497       10,287       (163 %)     51 %
 
                                 
 
                                       
Total other income (expense)
  $ (35,712 )   $ 6,102     $ 9,872       n/m       (38 %)
 
                                 
 
n/m   — Not meaningful.
Interest income
The decrease in interest income for 2008 from 2007 is primarily due to a decline in short-term interest rates and a decrease in average cash balances on hand during 2008. Partly offsetting this decrease was the recognition of $1.6 million in 2008 for interest related to a federal excise tax refund. The increase in interest income for 2007 over 2006 was primarily due to investment of the unused proceeds from the $154.3 million private equity placement that was completed during March 2007, as well as cash generated from operations. Increasing average cash deposits held in our trust accounts related to the administration of customer collections and vendor remittance activities of the Prepaid Processing Segment have also generated increased interest income as the Segment’s operations have grown. Improvements in interest income for 2007 compared to 2006 were also due to higher average interest rates resulting from a gradual shift of investments from money market accounts to commercial paper and the general rise in short-term treasury rates during 2007.
Short-term interest rates continue to be at historically low levels at the beginning of 2009 and if rates continue to be near these levels, we expect interest income earned on our invested balances for 2009 will decrease as a result.
Interest expense
The decrease in interest expense for 2008 from 2007 is primarily due to the reductions in borrowings from scheduled repayments and early retirements along with lower interest rates paid on floating-rate debt. We also reduced borrowings under the revolving credit facility to finance the working capital requirements of the Money Transfer Segment. We generally borrow amounts under the revolving credit facility several times each month to fund the correspondent network in advance of collecting remittance amounts from the agency network. These borrowings are repaid over a very short period of time, generally within a few days.
The increase in interest expense for 2007 over 2006 was primarily related to the additional borrowings to finance the April 2007 acquisition of RIA, described in Note 6, Acquisitions, to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, we incurred borrowings under the revolving credit facility to finance the working capital requirements of the Money Transfer Segment as described above. The increase in interest expense was also due to higher overall interest rates on our debt obligations in 2007 compared to 2006. Including amortization of deferred financing costs, interest expense on the term loan and revolving credit facility was approximately 7.5%, compared to approximately 4.0% for the $315 million in outstanding convertible debentures.
Similar to the impact on interest income, due to the recent trend of decreasing short-term interest rates, we expect that interest paid on our floating-rate borrowings for 2009 will also decrease if short-term interest rates remain near their current levels.
Income from unconsolidated affiliates
Income from unconsolidated affiliates mainly represents the equity in income of our 40% equity investment in e-pay Malaysia and our 49% investment in Euronet Middle East, an EFT Processing Segment joint venture in Bahrain. The increase in income for 2008 from 2007 is the result of increased earnings from our equity investment in e-pay Malaysia and our share of the earnings of Euronet Middle

47


Table of Contents

East. The increase is partly offset by the $0.4 million gain recognized from the sale of our 8% interest in CashNet Telecommunications Egypt SAE (CashNet) during 2007.
The increase in income from unconsolidated affiliates recorded for 2007 compared to 2006 was primarily because of the $0.4 million gain from the sale of our interest in CashNet. The remainder of income from unconsolidated affiliates represents the income from our investment in e-pay Malaysia. During 2007, we recognized $0.7 million of equity losses related to e-pay Malaysia’s unsuccessful expansion efforts into Indonesia.
Impairment loss on investment securities
During 2008, the value of our investment in MoneyGram declined and the decline was determined to be other than temporary. Accordingly, we recognized an $18.8 million impairment loss.
Gain (loss) on early retirement of debt
During 2008, we repurchased in privately negotiated transactions $70 million in principal amount of the $140 million 1.625% convertible debentures due 2024. This resulted in a $6.1 million pre-tax gain, net of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs. Additionally, losses on early retirement of debt of $0.5 million were recorded representing the pro-rata write-off of deferred financing costs associated with the portion of the $190 million term loan that was prepaid during 2008. We expect to continue to prepay amounts outstanding under the term loan and/or repurchase additional outstanding 1.625% convertible debentures through available cash flows. Accordingly, we would recognize losses on early retirement of debt for the pro-rata portion of unamortized deferred financing costs and gains on early retirement of debt for any repurchase of the debentures at a discount to par value.
Loss on early retirement of debt of $0.4 million for 2007 represents the pro-rata write-off of deferred financing costs associated with the portion of the $190 million term loan that was prepaid during 2007.
Net foreign currency exchange gain (loss)
Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the local currency of each of our subsidiaries give rise to foreign currency exchange gains and losses. Exchange gains and losses that result from re-measurement of these assets and liabilities are recorded in determining net income. The majority of our foreign currency gains or losses are due to the re-measurement of intercompany loans that are in a currency other than the functional currency of either the entity making or receiving the loan. For example, we make intercompany loans based in euros from our corporate division, which is comprised of U.S. dollar functional currency entities, to certain European entities that use the euro as the functional currency. As the U.S. dollar strengthens against the euro, foreign currency losses are generated on our corporate entities because the number of euros to be received in settlement of the loans decreases in U.S. dollar terms. Conversely, in this example, in periods where the U.S. dollar weakens, our corporate entities will record foreign currency gains.
We recorded a net foreign currency exchange loss of $9.8 million during 2008 and net foreign currency exchange gains of $15.5 million and $10.3 million during 2007 and 2006, respectively. Throughout 2006 and 2007, the U.S. dollar weakened against most European-based currencies, primarily the euro and British pound, creating realized and unrealized foreign currency exchange gains. This compares to 2008, when in the latter part of the year the U.S. dollar strengthened against these currencies and we, therefore, recorded realized and unrealized foreign currency exchange losses.

48


Table of Contents

INCOME TAX EXPENSE
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest
  $ (184,733 )   $ 82,336     $ 60,644  
Minority interest
    935       (2,040 )     (977 )
 
                 
 
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (183,798 )     80,296       59,667  
 
                       
Income tax expense
    10,228       27,759       14,294  
 
                 
 
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (194,026 )   $ 52,537     $ 45,373  
 
                 
 
                       
Effective income tax rate
    (5.6 %)     34.6 %     24.0 %
 
                 
 
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
  $ (183,798 )   $ 80,296     $ 59,667  
Adjust: Foreign currency exchange gain (loss), net
    (9,821 )     15,497       10,287  
Adjust: Goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment
    (220,077 )            
Adjust: Impairment loss on investment securities
    (18,760 )            
 
                 
 
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, foreign currency exchange gain (loss), net and impairment charges
  $ 64,860     $ 64,799     $ 49,380  
 
                 
 
                       
Income tax expense
  $ 10,228     $ 27,759     $ 14,294  
Adjust: Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to foreign currency exchange gain (loss), net
    (12,896 )     1,850       743  
Adjust: Income tax benefit attributable to goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment
    (756 )            
 
                 
 
                       
Income tax expense, as adjusted
  $ 23,880     $ 25,909     $ 13,551  
 
                 
 
                       
Effective income tax rate, as adjusted
    36.8 %     40.0 %     27.4 %
 
                 
We calculate our effective tax rate by dividing income tax expense by pre-tax book income including the effect of minority interest. Our effective tax rates were (5.6%), 34.6% and 24.0% for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. There are several factors that have caused our effective tax rate to fluctuate over the past three years. The most significant of these factors include the Company’s tax position in the U.S., the impact of foreign currency exchange translation results and, specific to the year ended December 31, 2008, the impairments for goodwill and acquired intangible assets and for investments securities. Excluding foreign currency exchange translation results and the impairments to goodwill and acquired intangible assets and to investment securities from pre-tax income, as well as the related tax effects for these items, our effective tax rates were 36.8%, 40.0% and 27.4% for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The increases in the effective tax rates for 2008 and 2007 compared to 2006, excluding foreign currency gains and losses and the impairment charges, were primarily related to the recognition of income tax expense in the U.S. During 2006 tax expense related to our U.S. operations was offset by reductions in our valuation allowance against our U.S. tax net operating losses. The remaining valuation allowance against our U.S. tax net operating losses was reversed in 2007. The 2008 and 2007 effective tax rates were also unfavorably impacted by the acquisition of RIA, which operates in jurisdictions that have tax rates that are higher than our historical effective tax rate, and the recognition of significant deferred tax benefits for net operating losses in certain countries during 2006.
In conjunction with the goodwill impairment test performed in the fourth quarter of 2008, we reviewed the impact of the adverse macroeconomic business conditions and outlook, as well as business forecasts, on the realization of our net operating losses and other deferred tax assets. Based on this information, we concluded that a valuation allowance was necessary against the net deferred tax assets, including tax net operating losses, of our U.S. and Spanish operations.
We determine income tax expense and remit income taxes based upon enacted tax laws and regulations applicable in each of the taxing jurisdictions where we conduct business. Based on our interpretation of such laws and regulations, and considering the evidence of available facts and circumstances and baseline operating forecasts, we have accrued the estimated tax effects of certain transactions, business ventures, contractual and organizational structures, projected business unit performance, and the estimated future reversal of timing differences. Should a taxing jurisdiction change its laws and regulations or dispute our conclusions, or should management become aware of new facts or other evidence that could alter our conclusions, the resulting impact to our estimates could have a material adverse effect to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
OTHER
Minority interest
Minority interest was a benefit of $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and an expense of $2.0 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Minority interest represents the elimination of the net income (loss) attributable to the minority shareholders’ portion of our consolidated subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned, including Movilcarga, of which we own 80%; ATX, of

49


Table of Contents

which we own 51%; our 75% owned subsidiary in China; and e-pay SRL, of which we own 51%. The benefit in 2008 is the minority interest share of the goodwill impairment charge in Spain.
Discontinued operations
During the second quarter of 2008, we decided to sell Essentis in order to focus our investments and resources on our transaction processing businesses. We are in the process of selling the business. Accordingly, Essentis’s results of operations are shown as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for all periods presented.
In July 2002, we sold substantially all of the non-current assets and related capital lease obligations of our ATM processing business in France to Atos S.A. During the first quarter 2007, we received a binding French Supreme Court decision relating to a lawsuit in France that resulted in a cash recovery and gain of $0.3 million, net of legal costs. There were no related assets or liabilities held for sale at December 31, 2008 or 2007.
NET INCOME (LOSS)
We recorded a net loss of $195.1 million in 2008 compared to net income of $53.5 million and $46.0 million for 2007 and 2006, respectively. As more fully discussed above, the decrease of $248.6 million in 2008 compared to 2007 was mainly the result of the $225.3 million decrease in operating income driven by the $220.1 million non-cash goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment charge in 2008 and the $12.2 million federal excise tax refund recorded in 2007. Additionally, 2008 results include an $18.8 million unrealized loss on investment securities and a $25.3 million increase in foreign currency losses. Furthermore, net interest expense increased $4.0 million and net income from discontinued operations decreased $2.0 million. Partly offsetting these losses were a $17.5 million decrease in income tax expense, a $6.0 million improvement in income from the net gain on early retirement of debt, a $3.0 million benefit from changes in results attributed to minority interests and a $0.3 million increase in income from unconsolidated affiliates.
The increase of $7.5 million in 2007 over 2006 was primarily the result of an increase in operating income of $25.5 million, including the federal excise tax refund of $12.2 million, an increase in the net foreign currency exchange gain of $5.2 million, an increase in income from unconsolidated affiliates of $0.3 million and an increase in income from discontinued operations of $0.3 million. These increases were partially offset by an increase in net interest expense of $8.8 million, an increase in income tax expense of $13.5 million, a loss on early retirement of debt of $0.4 million and an increase in income attributable to minority interest of $1.1 million.
TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENT
Translation gains and losses are the result of translating our foreign entities’ balance sheets from local functional currency to the U.S. dollar reporting currency prior to consolidation and are recorded in comprehensive income (loss). As required by U.S. GAAP, during this translation process, asset and liability accounts are translated at current foreign currency exchange rates and equity accounts are translated at historical rates. Historical rates represent the rates in effect when the balances in our equity accounts were originally created. By using this mix of rates to convert the balance sheet from functional currency to U.S. dollars, differences between current and historical exchange rates generate this translation adjustment.
We recorded a loss on translation adjustment of $79.3 million in 2008 and gains on translation adjustment of $41.8 million and $26.4 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Throughout 2006 and 2007, the U.S. dollar weakened against most European-based currencies, primarily the euro and British pound, creating translation gains. However, in the latter half of 2008, the U.S. dollar strengthened against most of those currencies, resulting in translation losses which were recorded in comprehensive income (loss).
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Working capital
As of December 31, 2008, we had working capital, which is the difference between total current assets and total current liabilities, of $95.7 million, compared to working capital of $279.3 million as of December 31, 2007. Our ratio of current assets to current liabilities was 1.16 at December 31, 2008, compared to 1.53 as of December 31, 2007. The decrease in working capital is due primarily to the use of cash to reduce long-term debt and the reclassification of the remaining $70.0 million in Convertible Senior Debentures to current liabilities.
We require substantial working capital to finance operations. The Money Transfer Segment funds the correspondent distribution network before receiving the benefit of amounts collected from customers by agents. Working capital needs increase due to weekends and international banking holidays. As a result, we may report more or less working capital for the Money Transfer Segment based solely upon the fiscal period ending on a particular day. As of December 31, 2008, working capital in the Money Transfer Segment was $41.1 million. We expect that working capital needs will increase as we expand this business. The Prepaid Processing Segment produces positive working capital, but much of it is restricted in connection with the administration of its customer collection and vendor remittance activities; therefore, it deposits those amounts in a restricted cash account. The EFT Processing Segment has little working capital requirements.

50


Table of Contents

Operating cash flows
Cash flows provided by operating activities were $91.2 million for 2008, compared to $78.3 million for 2007. The increase was primarily due to fluctuations in working capital, including the collection of $12.2 million for the federal excise tax refund that was recognized in net income during 2007. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense that is added to net income to arrive at operating cash flows is due largely to the inclusion of RIA for a full year, compared to nine months in 2007. Other fluctuations in working capital are mainly the result of changes in the timing of the settlement process with mobile operators in the Prepaid Procesing Segment around year-end.
Cash flows provided by operating activities decreased to $78.3 million for 2007, compared to $95.9 million for 2006, primarily due to fluctuations in working capital associated with the timing of the settlement process with mobile operators in the Prepaid Processing Segment. Offsetting this decrease, operating cash flows also reflect an increase in net income, net of depreciation and amortization expense, and the federal excise tax refund, which was accrued in 2007. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense was primarily the result of the acquisition of RIA.
Investing activity cash flows
Cash flows used in investing activities were $21.3 million for 2008, compared to $439.9 million for 2007. Our investing activities for 2008 include the return of $26 million we placed in escrow in 2007 in connection with the agreement to acquire Envios de Valores La Nacional Corp. (“La Nacional”). On January 10, 2008, we entered into a settlement agreement with La Nacional and its stockholder evidencing the parties’ mutual agreement not to consummate the acquisition, in exchange for payment by Euronet of a portion of the legal fees incurred by La Nacional. Our investing activities also include $43.0 million and $42.3 million for the purchase of property and equipment, software development and other long-term assets in 2008 and 2007, respectively. While our acquisitions in 2008 were $5.4 million, we used $352.7 million in 2007, primarily for the acquisition of RIA, and another $20 million used to purchase MoneyGram common stock.
Cash flows used in investing activities were $439.9 million in 2007, compared to $26.1 million in 2006. Our investing activities for 2007 consisted of $352.7 million in cash paid related to acquisitions, primarily RIA, $20.0 milling for the purchase of MoneyGram common stock and $26.0 million placed in escrow in connection with the agreement to acquire La Nacional. We also spent $42.3 million for purchases of property and equipment and software development. Our investing activities for 2006 included $2.1 million in cash paid for acquisitions and $25.1 million for purchases of property and equipment and software development.
Financing activity cash flows
Cash flows used for financing activities were $145.7 million during 2008, compared to cash provided of $301.5 million during 2007. Our financing activities for 2008 consisted primarily of net repayments of debt obligations of $146.6 million. To support the short-term cash needs of our Money Transfer Segment, we generally borrow amounts under the revolving credit facility several times each month to fund the correspondent network in advance of collecting remittance amounts from the agency network. These borrowings are repaid over a very short period of time, generally within a few days. Primarily as a result of this, during 2008 we had a total of $270.0 million in borrowings and $315.1 million in repayments under our revolving credit facility. In 2008, we repurchased $70 million in principal amount of our 1.625% convertible debentures for $63.4 million in cash. Additionally, we paid $1.9 million of scheduled payments and $30.1 million of early payments on our term loan, as well as $6.8 million of capital lease obligations.
Our financing activities for 2007 consisted primarily of $190.0 million in proceeds from borrowings under our term loan agreement that were used to finance a portion of the acquisition of RIA and proceeds from the equity private placement and stock option exercises totaling $167.7 million. Partially offsetting these increases were repayments and early retirements of debt obligations of $30.9 million, net repayments of borrowings under the revolving credit facility of $8.9 million and repayments of capital lease obligations of $10.4 million. We also paid dividends to minority interest stockholders of $2.8 million and debt issuance costs associated with our credit facility of $3.8 million.
Other sources of capital
Credit Facility — In connection with completing the April 2007 acquisition of RIA, we entered into a $290 million secured credit facility consisting of a $190 million seven-year term loan, which was fully drawn at closing, and a $100 million five-year revolving credit facility (together, the “Credit Facility”). The $190 million seven-year term loan bears interest at LIBOR plus 200 basis points or prime plus 100 basis points and requires that we repay $1.9 million of the balance each year, with the remaining balance payable at the end of the seven-year term. We prepaid amounts on this loan in 2007 and 2008 and we estimate that we will be able to repay the remaining $132 million term loan prior to its maturity date through cash flows available from operations, provided our operating cash

51


Table of Contents

flows are not required for future business developments. Up front financing costs of $4.8 million were deferred and are being amortized over the terms of the respective loans.
During April 2008, we entered into an amendment to the Credit Facility to, among other items, (i) change the definition of one of the financial covenants in the original agreement to exclude the effect of certain one-time expenses and (ii) allow for the repurchase of up to $70 million aggregate principal amount of the $140 million in Convertible Senior Debentures Due 2024. In September 2008 and December 2008, we repurchased in privately negotiated transactions $55 million and $15 million, respectively, in principal amount of the debentures. Additionally, we incurred costs of $0.6 million in connection with the amendment, which will be recognized as additional interest expense over the remaining term of the Credit Facility.
During February 2009, we entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Facility to, among other items, (i) (a) grant us the ability to repurchase the remaining $70 million of outstanding 1.625% Convertible Senior Debentures Due 2024 and (b) repurchase our 3.5% Convertible Debentures Due 2025 prior to any repurchase date using proceeds of a qualifying refinancing, the proceeds of a qualifying equity issuance or shares of common stock; (ii) revise the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and the covenant regarding maintenance of Consolidated Net Worth to exclude the effect of non-cash charges for impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets for the periods ending December 31, 2008 and thereafter; and (iii) broaden or otherwise modify various definitions or provisions related to Indebtedness, Liens, Permitted Disposition, Debt Transactions, Investments and other matters. Additionally, the lenders acknowledged that we have sufficient liquidity with respect to the December 15, 2009 repurchase date for the 1.625% Convertible Senior Debentures. Furthermore, in February 2009, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up $70 million of these debentures, from time to time, in open market or privately negotiated purchases. We incurred costs of approximately $1.5 million in connection with the amendment, which will be recognized as additional interest expense over the remaining term of the Credit Facility.
The $100 million five-year revolving credit facility bears interest at LIBOR or prime plus a margin that adjusts each quarter based upon our Consolidated EBITDA ratio as defined in the Credit Facility agreement. We intend to use the revolving credit facility primarily to fund working capital requirements, which are expected to increase as we expand the Money Transfer business. Based on our current projected working capital requirements, we anticipate that our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to fund our working capital needs.
We may be required to repay our obligations under the Credit Facility six months before the potential repurchase dates, the first being October 15, 2012, under our $175 million 3.5% Convertible Debentures Due 2025, unless we are able to demonstrate that either: (i) we could borrow unsubordinated funded debt equal to the principal amount of the applicable convertible debentures while remaining in compliance with the financial covenants in the Credit Facility or (ii) we will have sufficient liquidity to meet repayment requirements (as determined by the administrative agent and the lenders). These and other material terms and conditions applicable to the Credit Facility are described in the agreement governing the Credit Facility.
The term loan may be expanded by up to an additional $150 million and the revolving credit facility can be expanded by up to an additional $25 million, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions including pro forma debt covenant compliance.
As of December 31, 2008, after making required repayments on the term loan of $3.3 million and voluntary prepayments of $54.7 million, we had borrowings of $132.0 million outstanding against the term loan. We had borrowings of $16.7 million and stand-by letters of credit of $30.9 million outstanding against the revolving credit facility. The remaining $52.4 million under the revolving credit facility ($77.4 million if the facility were increased to $125 million) was available for borrowing. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility are being used to fund short-term working capital requirements in the U.S., Spain and India. As of December 31, 2008, our weighted average interest rate under the revolving credit facility was 5.3% and under the term loan was 5.5%, excluding amortization of deferred financing costs.
Short-term debt obligations – Short-term debt obligations at December 31, 2008 were primarily the $70.0 million 1.625% Convertible Senior Debentures Due 2024 as the holders have the option to require us to repurchase their debentures at par on December 15, 2009, and the $1.9 million annual repayment requirement under the term loan. Certain of our subsidiaries also have available credit lines and overdraft facilities to supplement short-term working capital requirements, when necessary, and there was $0.2 million outstanding against these facilities as of December 31, 2008.
We believe that the short-term debt obligations can be refinanced at terms acceptable to us. However, if acceptable refinancing options are not available, we believe that amounts due under these obligations can be funded through cash generated from operations, together with cash on hand or borrowings under our revolving credit facility.
Convertible debt – We have $175 million in principal amount of 3.5% Convertible Debentures Due 2025 that are convertible into 4.3 million shares of Euronet Common Stock at a conversion price of $40.48 per share upon the occurrence of certain events (relating to the closing prices of Euronet Common Stock exceeding certain thresholds for specified periods). We will pay contingent interest for the six-month period from October 15, 2012 through April 14, 2013 and for each six-month period thereafter from April 15 to October 14 or October 15 to April 14 if the average trading price of the debentures for the applicable five trading-day period preceding such applicable six-month interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the debentures. Contingent interest will equal

52


Table of Contents

0.35% per annum of the average trading price of a debenture for such five trading-day periods. The debentures may not be redeemed by us until October 20, 2012 but are redeemable at par at any time thereafter. Holders of the debentures have the option to require us to purchase their debentures at par on October 15, 2012, 2015 and 2020, or upon a change in control of the Company. On the maturity date, these debentures can be settled in cash or Euronet Common Stock, at our option, at predetermined conversion rates.
We also have $70 million in principal amount of 1.625% Convertible Senior Debentures Due 2024 that are convertible into 2.1 million shares of Euronet Common Stock at a conversion price of $33.63 per share upon the occurrence of certain events (relating to the closing prices of Euronet Common Stock exceeding certain thresholds for specified periods). We will pay contingent interest for the six-month period from December 20, 2009 through June 14, 2010 and for each six-month period thereafter from June 15 to December 14 or December 15 to June 14 if the average trading price of the debentures for the applicable five trading-day period preceding such applicable six-month interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the debentures. Contingent interest will equal 0.30% per annum of the average trading price of a debenture for such five trading-day periods. The debentures may not be redeemed by us until December 20, 2009 but are redeemable at any time thereafter at par. Holders of the debentures have the option to require us to purchase their debentures at par on December 15, 2009, 2014 and 2019, and upon a change in control of the Company. Unless the price of our common stock appreciates substantially before December 2009, we believe it is likely that the holders of the debentures will exercise this option effective December 15, 2009. Based upon our current expectations, we believe we will have sufficient cash available to fund the potential $70 million purchase price using our cash currently on hand, cash flows we expect to generate during 2009 and amounts we expect to be available to borrow under our revolving credit facility. However, if our capital resources are insufficient to meet these obligations, we may be required to seek additional debt or equity financing.
Should holders of the convertible debentures require us to repurchase their debentures on the dates outlined above, we cannot guarantee that we will have sufficient cash on hand or have acceptable financing options available to us to fund these required repurchases. An inability to be able to finance these potential repayments could have an adverse impact on our operations. These terms and other material terms and conditions applicable to the convertible debentures are set forth in the indenture agreements governing these debentures and in Note 12, Debt Obligations, to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Proceeds from issuance of shares and other capital contributions – We have established, and shareholders have approved, share compensation plans that allow the Company to make grants of shares of restricted Common Stock, or options to purchase shares of Common Stock, to certain current and prospective key employees, directors and consultants. During 2008, 78,938 stock options were exercised at an average exercise price of $9.54, resulting in proceeds to us of approximately $0.8 million.
We also sponsor a qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) under which we reserved 500,000 shares of Common Stock for purchase under the plan by employees through payroll deductions according to specific eligibility and participation requirements. This plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Offerings commence at the beginning of each quarter and expire at the end of the quarter. Under the plan, participating employees are granted options, which immediately vest and are automatically exercised on the final date of the respective offering period. The exercise price of Common Stock options purchased is the lesser of 85% of the “fair market value” (as defined in the ESPP) of the shares on the first day of each offering or the last day of each offering. The options are funded by participating employees’ payroll deductions or cash payments. During 2008, we issued 59,983 shares at an average price of $18.38 per share, resulting in proceeds to us of approximately $1.1 million.
These plans are discussed further in Note 18, Stock Plans, to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Other uses of capital
Payment obligations related to acquisitions – As partial consideration for the acquisition of RIA, we granted the sellers of RIA 3,685,098 contingent value rights (“CVRs”) and 3,685,098 stock appreciation rights (“SARs”). The 3,685,098 CVRs matured on October 1, 2008 and we elected to settle the CVRs by issuing 1,114,550 additional shares of Euronet Common Stock valued at $20 million. The 3,685,098 SARs entitled the sellers to acquire additional shares of Euronet Common Stock at an exercise price of $27.14 at any time through October 1, 2008 and were not exercised before their expiration.
We have potential contingent obligations to the former owner of the net assets of Movilcarga. Based upon presently available information, we do not believe any additional payments will be required. The seller disputed this conclusion and initiated arbitration as provided for in the purchase agreement. A global public accounting firm was engaged as an independent expert to review the results of the computation, but the legal process in the dispute has remained dormant for over a year. Any additional payments, if ultimately determined to be owed the seller, will be recorded as additional goodwill and could be made in either cash or a combination of cash and Euronet Common Stock at our option.
In connection with the acquisition of Brodos Romania, we agreed to contingent consideration arrangements based on the achievement of certain performance criteria. If the criteria are achieved, during 2009 and 2010, we would have to pay a total of $2.5 million in cash or 75,489 shares of Euronet Common Stock, at the option of the seller.

53


Table of Contents

See the section entitled “contingencies” below for discussion of liquidity and capital resources involving a settlement agreement related to a previous agreement to acquire La Nacional.
Leases – We lease ATMs and other property and equipment under capital lease arrangements that expire between 2009 and 2014. The leases bear interest between 3.6% and 20.7% per year. As of December 31, 2008, we owed $11.0 million under these capital lease arrangements. The majority of these lease agreements are entered into in connection with long-term outsourcing agreements where, generally, we purchase a bank’s ATMs and simultaneously sell the ATMs to an entity related to the bank and lease back the ATMs for purposes of fulfilling the ATM outsourcing agreement with the bank. We fully recover the related lease costs from the bank under the outsourcing agreements. Generally, the leases may be canceled without penalty upon reasonable notice in the unlikely event the bank or we were to terminate the related outsourcing agreement. We expect that, if terms were acceptable, we would acquire more ATMs from banks under such outsourcing and lease agreements.
Capital expenditures and needs – Total capital expenditures for 2008 were $42.9 million, of which $1.5 million were funded through capital leases. These capital expenditures were primarily for the purchase of ATMs to meet contractual requirements in Poland and India, the purchase and installation of ATMs in key under-penetrated markets, the purchase of POS terminals for the Prepaid Processing and Money Transfer Segments, and office and data center computer equipment and software. Included in capital expenditures for office and data center equipment and software for 2008 is approximately $3.7 million in capital expenditures for the purchase and development of the necessary processing systems and capabilities to enter the cross-border merchant processing and acquiring business. Total capital expenditures for 2009 are estimated to be approximately $35 million to $45 million.
An additional $2.0 million in software development cost was capitalized during 2008 for the development and enhancement of our EFT Processing Segment software products. See Note 21, Computer Software to be Sold, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion.
In the Prepaid Processing Segment, approximately 100,000 of the approximately 430,000 POS devices that we operate are Company-owned, with the remaining terminals being operated as integrated cash register devices of our major retail customers or owned by the retailers. As our Prepaid Processing Segment expands, we will continue to add terminals in certain independent retail locations at a price of approximately $300 per terminal. We expect the proportion of owned terminals to total terminals operated to remain relatively constant.
At current and projected cash flow levels, we anticipate that cash generated from operations, together with cash on hand and amounts available under our revolving credit facility and other existing and potential future financing will be sufficient to meet our debt, leasing, contingent acquisition and capital expenditure obligations. If our capital resources are insufficient to meet these obligations, we will seek to refinance our debt under terms acceptable to us. However, we can offer no assurances that we will be able to obtain favorable terms for the refinancing of any of our debt or other obligations.
In the EFT Processing Segment, we are required to maintain ATM hardware for Euronet-owned ATMs and software for all ATMs in our network and in our processing centers in accordance with certain regulations and mandates established by local country regulatory and administrative bodies as well as EMV (Europay, MasterCard and Visa) chip card support. Additionally, as regulations change or new regulations or mandates are issued, we may have additional capital expenditures over the next few years to maintain compliance with these regulations and/or mandates. While we do not currently have plans to increase capital expenditures to expand our network of owned ATMs, we expect that if strategic opportunities were available to us, we would consider increasing future capital expenditures to expand this network in new or existing markets.
Litigation — During 2005, a former cash supply contractor in Central Europe (the “Contractor”) claimed that we owed approximately $2.0 million for the provision of cash during the fourth quarter 1999 and first quarter 2000 that had not been returned. This claim was made after we terminated our business with the Contractor and established a cash supply agreement with another supplier. In the first quarter 2006, the Contractor initiated legal action in Budapest, Hungary regarding the claim. In April 2007, an arbitration tribunal awarded the Contractor $1.0 million, plus $0.2 million in interest, under the claim, which was paid and recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses of the EFT Processing Segment during 2007.
Contingencies
From time to time, we are a party to litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. Currently, there are no other contingencies that we believe, either individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect upon our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
Other trends and uncertainties
Cross border merchant processing and acquiring – In our EFT Processing Segment, we have entered the cross-border merchant processing and acquiring business, through the execution of an agreement with a large petrol retailer in Central Europe. Since the

54


Table of Contents

beginning of 2007, we have devoted significant resources, including capital expenditures of approximately $7.5 million, to the ongoing investment in development of the necessary processing systems and capabilities to enter this business, which involves the purchase and design of hardware and software. Merchant acquiring involves processing credit and debit card transactions that are made on POS terminals, including authorization, settlement, and processing of settlement files. It will involve the assumption of credit risk, as the principal amount of transactions will be settled to merchants before settlements are received from card associations. We incurred $6.5 million in operating losses related to this business in 2008 and expect to incur approximately $3.0 million to $4.0 million in operating losses during 2009.
Stock plans
Historically, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors has awarded nonvested shares or nonvested share units (“restricted stock”) and stock options as an element of long-term management incentive compensation. The amount of future compensation expense related to awards of restricted stock is based on the market price for Euronet Common Stock at the grant date. For grants of stock options, we used the Black-Scholes option pricing model or Monte Carlo simulation model for the determination of fair value for stock option grants and plan to use the Black Scholes option pricing model or Monte Carlo simulation model, as appropriate, for future stock option grants, if any. The grant date for stock options or restricted stock is the date at which all key terms and conditions of the grant have been determined and the Company becomes contingently obligated to transfer assets to the employee who renders the requisite service, generally the date at which grants are approved by our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee thereof. Share-based compensation expense for awards with only service conditions is generally recognized as expense on a “straight-line” basis over the requisite service period. For awards with performance conditions, expense is recognized on a “graded attribution method.” The graded attribution method results in expense recognition on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of an award, as if the award was, in-substance, multiple awards. Expense for stock options and restricted stock is generally recorded as a corporate expense.
We have total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock option and restricted stock awards of $32.6 million that will be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.8 years.
Inflation and functional currencies
Generally, the countries in which we operate have experienced low and stable inflation in recent years. Therefore, the local currency in each of these markets is the functional currency. Due to these factors, we do not believe that inflation will have a significant effect on our results of operations or financial position. We continually review inflation and the functional currency in each of the countries where we operate.
OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
We have certain significant off balance sheet items described below and in the following section, “—Contractual Obligations” (also see Note 24, Guarantees, to the Consolidated Financial Statements).
As of December 31, 2008 we had $44.8 million of bank guarantees issued on our behalf, of which $8.4 million are collateralized by cash deposits held by the respective issuing banks and $30.9 million are supported by stand-by letters of credit issued against the revolving credit facility. These letters of credit reduce the amount available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility.
On occasion we grant guarantees in support of obligations of subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2008, we had granted guarantees for cash in various ATM networks amounting to $18.6 million over the terms of the cash supply agreements and performance guarantees amounting to approximately $26.9 million over the terms of the agreements with the customers.
From time to time, we enter into agreements with unaffiliated parties that contain indemnification provisions, the terms of which may vary depending on the negotiated terms of each respective agreement. The amount of such obligations is not stated in the agreements. Our liability under such indemnification provisions may be subject to time and materiality limitations, monetary caps and other conditions and defenses. Such indemnity obligations include the following:
    In connection with contracts with financial institutions in the EFT Processing Segment, we are responsible for damages to ATMs and theft of ATM network cash that, generally, is not recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. As of December 31, 2008, the balance of ATM network cash for which we were responsible was approximately $415 million. We maintain insurance policies to mitigate this exposure;
 
    In connection with the license of proprietary systems to customers, we provide certain warranties and infringement indemnities to the licensee, which generally warrant that such systems do not infringe on intellectual property owned by third parties and that the systems will perform in accordance with their specifications;

55


Table of Contents

    We have entered into purchase and service agreements with our vendors and into consulting agreements with providers of consulting services, pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify certain of such vendors and consultants, respectively, against third-party claims arising from our use of the vendor’s product or the services of the vendor or consultant;
 
    In connection with acquisitions and dispositions of subsidiaries, operating units and business assets, we have entered into agreements containing indemnification provisions, which are generally described as follows: (i) in connection with acquisitions made by Euronet, we have agreed to indemnify the seller against third party claims made against the seller relating to the subject subsidiary, operating unit or asset and arising after the closing of the transaction, and (ii) in connection with dispositions made by us, we have agreed to indemnify the buyer against damages incurred by the buyer due to the buyer’s reliance on representations and warranties relating to the subject subsidiary, operating unit or business assets in the disposition agreement if such representations or warranties were untrue when made;
 
    We have entered into agreements with certain third parties, including banks that provide fiduciary and other services to Euronet or to our benefit plans. Under such agreements, we have agreed to indemnify such service providers for third party claims relating to the carrying out of their respective duties under such agreements; and
 
    In connection with our entry into the money transfer business, we have issued surety bonds in compliance with licensing requirements of the applicable governmental authorities.
We are also required to meet minimum capitalization and cash requirements of various regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which we have money transfer operations. We are not aware of any significant claims made by the indemnified parties or third parties to guarantee agreements with us and, accordingly, no liabilities were recorded as of December 31, 2008.
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2008:
                                         
    Payments due by period  
            Less than                     More than  
(in thousands)   Total     1 year     1-3 years     4-5 years     5 years  
Long-term debt obligations, including interest
  $ 458,935     $ 87,776     $ 32,040     $ 214,373     $ 124,746  
Estimated contingent acquisition obligations
    2,500       1,250       1,250              
Obligations under capital leases
    12,475       5,510       6,211       752       2  
Obligations under operating leases
    60,417       18,775       25,704       10,901       5,037  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total
  $ 534,327     $ 113,311     $ 65,205     $ 226,026     $ 129,785  
 
                             
For the purposes of the above table, our $70 million convertible debentures issued in December 2004 are considered due during 2009, and our $175 million convertible debentures issued in October 2005 are considered due during 2012, representing the first years in which holders have the right to exercise their put option. Additionally, the above table only includes interest on these convertible debentures up to these dates. Although in certain circumstances we may be required to repay our obligations under the Credit Facility six months before any potential repurchase date under our $175 million 3.5% convertible debentures, the table above assumes that these circumstances will not be met and the Credit Facility will be fully repaid at maturity. We have assumed $16.7 million, the December 31, 2008 balance, will be outstanding at all times under the revolving credit facility. The computation of interest for debt obligations with variable interest rates reflects interest rates in effect at December 31, 2008. For additional information on debt obligations, see Note 12, Debt Obligations, to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Estimated contingent acquisition obligations as of December 31, 2008 are additional consideration to be settled in cash or Euronet Common Stock that we may have to pay during 2009 and 2010 in connection with the acquisition of Brodos, totaling up to $2.5 million. See Note 6, Acquisitions, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a more complete description of these acquisitions.
For additional information on capital and operating lease obligations, see Note 15, Leases, to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Our total liability for uncertain tax positions under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”) was $8.2 million as of December 31, 2008. We are not able to reasonably estimate the amount by which the liability will increase or decrease over time; however, at this time, we do not expect a significant payment related to these obligations within the next year. See Note 16, Taxes, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

56


Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. requires management to make judgments, assumptions, and estimates, often as a result of the need to make estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain and for which the actual results will emerge over time. These judgments, assumptions and estimates affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Note 3, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices, to the Consolidated Financial Statements describes the significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our most critical estimates and assumptions are used for computing income taxes, estimating the useful lives and potential impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill, as well as allocating the purchase price to assets acquired in acquisitions, and revenue recognition. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The following descriptions of critical accounting policies and estimates are forward-looking statements and are impacted significantly by estimates and should be read in conjunction with Item 1A – Risk Factors. Actual results could differ materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements.
Accounting for income taxes
The deferred income tax effects of transactions reported in different periods for financial reporting and income tax return purposes are recorded under the liability method. This method gives consideration to the future tax consequences of deferred income or expense items and immediately recognizes changes in income tax laws upon enactment. The income statement effect is generally derived from changes in deferred income taxes, net of valuation allowances, on the balance sheet as measured by differences in the book and tax bases of our assets and liabilities.
We have significant tax loss carryforwards, and other temporary differences, which are recorded as deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets realizable in future periods are recorded net of a valuation allowance based on an assessment of each entity’s, or group of entities’, ability to generate sufficient taxable income within an appropriate period, in a specific tax jurisdiction.
In assessing the recognition of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. As more fully described in Note 16, Taxes, to the Consolidated Financial Statements, gross deferred tax assets were $122.9 million as of December 31, 2008, partially offset by a valuation allowance of $85.1 million. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. We make judgments and estimates on the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, historical and projected future taxable income in each country in which we operate, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.
Based upon the level of historical taxable income and current projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, we believe it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the existing valuation allowance at December 31, 2008. If we have a history of generating taxable income in a certain country in which we operate, and baseline forecasts project continued taxable income in this country, we will reduce the valuation allowance for those deferred tax assets that we expect to realize.
Additionally, we follow the provisions of FIN 48 to account for uncertainty in income tax positions. FIN 48 requires substantial management judgment and use of estimates in determining whether the impact of a tax position is “more likely than not” of being sustained on audit by the relevant taxing authority. We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating our tax positions, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes. It is reasonably possible that amounts reserved for potential exposure could change significantly as a result of the conclusion of tax examinations and, accordingly, materially affect our operating results.
Goodwill and other intangible assets
In accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” we allocate the acquisition purchase price to the tangible assets, liabilities and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. The excess purchase price over those fair values is recorded as goodwill. The fair value assigned to intangible assets acquired is supported by valuations using estimates and assumptions provided by management. For larger or more complex acquisitions, management engages an appraiser to assist in the valuation. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. As of December 31, 2008, the Consolidated Balance Sheet includes goodwill of $488.3 million and acquired intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, of $125.3 million.
In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” on an annual basis, and whenever events or circumstances dictate, we test for impairment. Impairment tests are performed annually during the fourth quarter and are performed at the reporting unit level. Generally, fair value represents discounted projected future cash flows and potential impairment is indicated when the carrying value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, exceeds its estimated fair value. If the potential for impairment exists, the fair value of the reporting unit is subsequently measured against the fair value of its underlying assets and liabilities, excluding

57


Table of Contents

goodwill, to estimate an implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value. As a result of our annual impairment test for the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $219.8 million. See Note 10, Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets, Net, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding this charge. Our annual impairment tests during the years 2007 and 2006 indicated that there were no impairments. Determining the fair value of reporting units requires significant management judgment in estimating future cash flows and assessing potential market and economic conditions. It is reasonably possible that our operations will not perform as expected, or that estimates or assumption could change, which may result in the recording of additional material non-cash impairment charges during the year in which these changes take place.
See “Impact of New and Emerging Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted” below for discussion regarding issuance of SFAS No. 141R, “Business Combinations,” that will be effective for acquisitions we complete after January 1, 2009.
Impairment or disposal of long-lived assets
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Factors that are considered important which could trigger an impairment review include the following: significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business; and significant negative industry or economic trends. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the respective asset. The same estimates are also used in planning for our long- and short-range business planning and forecasting. We assess the reasonableness of the inputs and outcomes of our discounted cash flow analysis against available comparable market data. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the respective asset. Assets to be disposed are required to be separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale are required to be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the balance sheet. Reviewing long-lived assets for impairment requires considerable judgment. Estimating the future cash flows requires significant judgment. If future cash flows do not materialize as expected or there is a future adverse change in market conditions, we may be unable to recover the carrying amount of an asset, resulting in future impairment losses.
Revenue recognition
In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. The majority of our revenues are comprised of monthly recurring management fees and transaction-based fees that are recognized when the transactions are processed or the services are performed. When determining the proper revenue recognition for monthly management fees and transaction-based fees, we consider the guidance in Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements,” as amended by SAB 104, “Revenue Recognition,” Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as Principle versus Net as an Agent,” EITF 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables,” and other various interpretations.
Certain of our noncancelable customer contracts provide for the receipt of up-front fees paid to or received from the customer and/or decreasing or increasing fee schedules over the agreement term for substantially the same level of services provided by the Company. As prescribed by SAB 101 and SAB 104, we recognize revenue under these contracts based on proportional performance of services over the term of the contract, which generally results in “straight-line” revenue recognition of the contracts’ total cash flows, including any up-front payment.
We also record certain revenues in the EFT Processing Segment related to the sale of EFT software solutions for electronic payment and transaction delivery systems, including professional fees for implementation and customization, ongoing software maintenance and associated computer hardware. When determining the proper revenue recognition for these items, in addition to SAB 101, SAB 104, and EITF 00-21, we also consider the guidance contained in Statement of Position (“SOP”) 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” as amended by SOP 98-4 and SOP 98-9, and SOP 81-1, “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts.” Applying U.S. GAAP revenue recognition guidance to the software business requires more detailed knowledge of the rules and is subject to more complex judgment. For the year ended December 31, 2008, revenues from software and software-related products and services represented less than 2% of our total consolidated revenues.
Substantial management judgment and estimation is required in determining the proper revenue recognition methodology for our various revenue producing activities, as well as the proper and consistent application of our determined methodology.

58


Table of Contents

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
During February 2009, we entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Facility to, among other items, (i) (a) grant us the ability to repurchase the remaining $70 million of outstanding 1.625% Convertible Senior Debentures Due 2024 and (b) repurchase our 3.5% Convertible Debentures Due 2025 prior to any repurchase date using proceeds of a qualifying refinancing, the proceeds of a qualifying equity issuance or shares of common stock; (ii) revise the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and the covenant regarding maintenance of Consolidated Net Worth to exclude the effect of non-cash charges for impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets for the periods ending December 31, 2008 and thereafter; and (iii) broaden or otherwise modify various definitions or provisions related to Indebtedness, Liens, Permitted Disposition, Debt Transactions, Investments and other matters. Additionally, the lenders acknowledged that we have sufficient liquidity with respect to the December 15, 2009 repurchase date for the 1.625% Convertible Senior Debentures. We incurred costs of approximately $1.5 million in connection with the amendment, which will be recognized as additional interest expense over the remaining term of the Credit Facility.
IMPACT OF NEW AND EMERGING ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS NOT YET ADOPTED
In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) APB 14-1, “Accounting for Convertible Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement).” FSP APB 14-1 requires the proceeds from the issuance of such convertible debt instruments to be allocated between debt and equity components so that debt is discounted to reflect the Company’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate. The debt discount is amortized over the period the convertible debt is expected to be outstanding as additional non-cash interest expense. The change in accounting treatment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and applies retrospectively to prior periods. FSP APB 14-1 will impact the accounting associated with our $140 million convertible senior debentures and our $175 million convertible debentures. The new accounting treatment will require us to retrospectively record a significant amount of non-cash interest as the discount on the debt is amortized. We estimate that we will record additional interest expense of approximately $12 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. Additionally, the pre-tax gains on the early retirements of the convertible debentures in 2008 will be reduced by approximately $4 million.
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” which requires enhanced disclosures about an entity’s derivative and hedging activities, including: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. This Statement encourages, but does not require, comparative disclosures for earlier periods at initial adoption. Our adoption of SFAS No. 161 is not expected to have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets.” FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” This FSP is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and the guidance for determining the useful life of a recognized intangible asset must be applied prospectively to intangible assets acquired after the effective date. Our adoption of FSP FAS 142-3 is not expected to have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141R, “Business Combinations,” which is a revision of SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.” SFAS No. 141R will apply to all business combinations and will require most identifiable assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests, and goodwill acquired in a business combination to be recorded at “full fair value.” SFAS No. 141R will also require transaction-related costs to be expensed in the period incurred, rather than capitalizing these costs as a component of the respective purchase price. SFAS No. 141R is effective for acquisitions that we may complete after January 1, 2009 and early adoption was prohibited. The adoption will have a significant impact on the accounting treatment for acquisitions occurring after the effective date.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements,” that replaces Accounting Research Bulletin (“ARB”) 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements.” SFAS No. 160 will require noncontrolling interests (previously referred to as minority interests) to be reported as a component of equity, which will change the accounting for transactions with noncontrolling interest holders. SFAS No. 160 is effective for Euronet on January 1, 2009 and will result in a change in the classification of noncontrolling interest from a component of liabilities to a component of equity in Consolidated Balance Sheets and will change the accounting for transactions with noncontrolling shareholders after the effective date.

59


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this document are forward-looking statements, including statements regarding the following:
    our business plans and financing plans and requirements,
 
    trends affecting our business plans and financing plans and requirements,
 
    trends affecting our business,
 
    the adequacy of capital to meet our capital requirements and expansion plans,
 
    the assumptions underlying our business plans,
 
    business strategy,
 
    government regulatory action,
 
    technological advances, or
 
    projected costs and revenues.
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by the words believe, expect, anticipate, intend, estimate and similar expressions.
Investors are cautioned that any forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those referred to above and as set forth in Item 1A – Risk Factors.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Interest rate risk
In connection with completing the acquisition of RIA in April 2007, we entered into a $290 million secured syndicated credit facility consisting of a $190 million seven-year term loan, which was fully drawn at closing, and a $100 million five-year revolving credit facility, which accrue interest at variable rates. This credit facility replaced our $50 million revolving credit facility. The credit facility may be expanded by up to an additional $150 million in term loans and up to an additional $25 million for the revolving line of credit, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions including pro forma debt covenant compliance. This facility substantially increased our interest rate risk.
As of December 31, 2008, our total outstanding debt was $405.0 million. Of this amount, $245 million, or 61% of our total debt obligations, relates to contingent convertible debentures having fixed coupon rates. Our $175 million contingent convertible debentures, issued in October 2005, accrue interest at a rate of 3.5% per annum. The $70 million contingent convertible debentures, issued in December 2004 accrue interest at a rate of 1.625% per annum. Based on quoted market prices, as of December 31, 2008 the fair value of our fixed rate convertible debentures was $175.7 million, compared to a carrying value of $245 million.
Through the use of interest rate swap agreements covering the period from June 1, 2007 to May 29, 2009, an additional $50.0 million of our variable rate term debt, or 12% of our total debt, has been effectively converted to a fixed rate of 7.3%. As of December 31, 2008, the unrealized loss on the interest rate swap agreements was $0.8 million. Interest expense, including amortization of deferred debt issuance costs, for our total $295.0 million in fixed rate debt totals approximately $12.2 million per year, or a weighted average interest rate of 4.1% annually. Additionally, approximately $11.0 million, or 3% of our total debt obligations, relate to capitalized leases with fixed payment and interest terms that expire between 2009 and 2014.
The remaining $99.0 million, or 24% of our total debt obligations, relates to debt that accrues interest at variable rates. If we were to maintain these borrowings for one year, and maximize the potential borrowings available under the revolving credit facility for one year, including the $25.0 million in potential additional expanded borrowings, a 1% increase in the applicable interest rate would result in additional annualized interest expense of approximately $1.8 million. This computation excludes the $50.0 million relating to the interest rate swap discussed above and the potential $150.0 million from an expanded term loan because of the limited circumstances under which the additional amounts would be available to us for borrowing. For more information regarding our debt obligations, see Note 12, Debt Obligations, to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Our excess cash is invested in instruments with original maturities of three months or less; therefore, as investments mature and are reinvested, the amount we earn will increase or decrease with changes in the underlying short term interest rates.
Foreign currency exchange rate risk
For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, 76% of our revenues were generated in non-U.S. dollar countries. We expect to continue generating a significant portion of our revenues in countries with currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

60


Table of Contents

We are particularly vulnerable to fluctuations in exchange rates of the U.S. dollar to the currencies of countries in which we have significant operations, primarily to the euro, British pound, Australian dollar and Polish zloty. As of December 31, 2008, we estimate that a 10% fluctuation in these foreign currency exchange rates would have the combined annualized effect on reported net income and working capital of approximately $30 million to $35 million. This effect is estimated by applying a 10% adjustment factor to our non-U.S. dollar results from operations, intercompany loans that generate foreign currency gains or losses and working capital balances that require translation from the respective functional currency to the U.S. dollar reporting currency. Additionally, we have other non-current, non-U.S. dollar assets and liabilities on our balance sheet that are translated to the U.S. dollar during consolidation. These items primarily represent goodwill and intangible assets recorded in connection with acquisitions in countries other than the U.S. We estimate that a 10% fluctuation in foreign currency exchange rates would have a non-cash impact on total comprehensive income of approximately $45 million to $55 million as a result of the change in value of these items during translation to the U.S. dollar. For the fluctuations described above, a strengthening U.S. dollar produces a financial loss, while a weakening U.S. dollar produces a financial gain. We believe this quantitative measure has inherent limitations and does not take into account any governmental actions or changes in either customer purchasing patterns or our financing or operating strategies. Because a majority of our revenues and expenses are incurred in the functional currencies of our international operating entities, the profits we earn in foreign currencies are positively impacted by the weakening of the U.S. dollar and negatively impacted by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar. Additionally, our debt obligations are primarily in U.S. dollars, therefore, as foreign currency exchange rates fluctuate, the amount available for repayment of debt will also increase or decrease.
We are also exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk in our Money Transfer Segment. A majority of the money transfer business involves receiving and disbursing different currencies, in which we earn a foreign currency spread based on the difference between buying currency at wholesale exchange rates and selling the currency to consumers at retail exchange rates. This spread provides some protection against currency fluctuations that occur while we are holding the foreign currency. Our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates is limited by the fact that disbursement occurs for the majority of transactions shortly after they are initiated. Additionally, we enter into foreign currency forward contracts to help offset foreign currency exposure related to the notional value of money transfer transactions collected in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As of December 31, 2008, we had foreign currency derivative instruments, primarily forward contracts, outstanding with a notional value of $56.5 million, primarily in euros that were not designated as hedges and mature in a weighted average of five days. The fair value of these forward contracts as of December 31, 2008 was an unrealized gain of approximately $0.3 million, which was mostly offset by the unrealized loss on the related foreign currency receivables.

61


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Euronet Worldwide, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Euronet Worldwide, Inc.’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting.” Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, Euronet Worldwide, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, for its financial assets and liabilities as of January 1, 2008. Also, as discussed in Notes 3 and 16 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, as of January 1, 2007.
/s/ KPMG LLP    
Kansas City, Missouri
March 2, 2009

62


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share data)
                 
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007  
ASSETS
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 181,341     $ 266,869  
Restricted cash
    131,025       140,222  
Inventory — PINs and other
    61,279       50,265  
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $9,445 at December 31, 2008 and $6,194 at December 31, 2007
    261,084       286,245  
Deferred income taxes, net
    8,539       13,554  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    35,352       39,564  
Current assets of discontinued operations
    3,729       5,765  
 
           
Total current assets
    682,349       802,484  
 
               
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $125,258 at December 31, 2008 and $119,190 at December 31, 2007
    89,532       88,337  
Goodwill
    488,305       762,723  
Acquired intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $62,920 at December 31, 2008 and $44,450 at December 31, 2007
    125,313       155,137  
Deferred income taxes, net
    29,304       30,822  
Other assets, net of accumulated amortization of $17,476 at December 31, 2008 and $12,649 at December 31, 2007
    21,268       41,346  
Non-current assets of discontinued operations
    4,053       5,307  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 1,440,124     $ 1,886,156  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Current liabilities:
               
Trade accounts payable
  $ 245,671     $ 306,155  
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
    223,814       167,054  
Current portion of capital lease obligations
    4,614       4,974  
Short-term debt obligations and current portion of long-term debt obligations
    72,098       1,910  
Income taxes payable
    16,590       15,342  
Deferred income taxes
    5,592       7,587  
Deferred revenue
    14,914       12,934  
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
    3,359       7,218  
 
           
 
               
Total current liabilities
    586,652       523,174  
 
               
Debt obligations, net of current portion
    321,909       539,303  
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion
    6,356       11,520  
Deferred income taxes
    51,745       74,610  
Other long-term liabilities
    6,872       4,672  
Minority interest
    7,585       8,975  
 
           
Total liabilities
    981,119       1,162,254  
 
           
 
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred Stock, $0.02 par value. Authorized 10,000,000 shares; none issued
           
Common Stock, $0.02 par value. 90,000,000 shares authorized; 50,605,909 issued at December 31, 2008 and 49,159,968 issued at December 31, 2007
    1,012       983  
Additional paid-in-capital
    668,133       658,047  
Treasury stock, at cost, 225,072 shares at December 31, 2008 and 207,065 shares at December 31, 2007
    (784 )     (379 )
Accumulated deficit
    (201,002 )     (5,905 )
Restricted reserve
    996       957  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (9,350 )     70,199  
 
           
Total stockholders’ equity
    459,005       723,902  
 
           
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,440,124     $ 1,886,156  
 
           
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

63


Table of Contents

EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except share data)
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Revenues:
                       
EFT Processing Segment
  $ 205,257     $ 174,049     $ 144,515  
Prepaid Processing Segment
    609,106       569,858       467,651  
Money Transfer Segment
    231,302       158,759       3,210  
 
                 
 
                       
Total revenues
    1,045,665       902,666       615,376  
 
                 
 
                       
Operating expenses:
                       
Direct operating costs
    703,842       623,548       435,112  
Salaries and benefits
    129,098       105,289       65,616  
Selling, general and administrative
    85,418       62,789       35,286  
Goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment
    220,077              
Federal excise tax refund
          (12,191 )      
Depreciation and amortization
    56,251       46,997       28,590  
 
                 
 
                       
Total operating expenses
    1,194,686       826,432       564,604  
 
                 
 
                       
Operating income (loss)
    (149,021 )     76,234       50,772  
 
                 
 
                       
Other income (expense):
                       
Interest income
    10,611       16,250       13,644  
Interest expense
    (24,538 )     (26,126 )     (14,719 )
Income from unconsolidated affiliates
    1,250       908       660  
Impairment loss on investment securities
    (18,760 )            
Gain (loss) on early retirement of debt
    5,546       (427 )      
Foreign currency exchange gain (loss), net
    (9,821 )     15,497       10,287  
 
                 
 
                       
Other income (expense), net
    (35,712 )     6,102       9,872  
 
                 
 
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest
    (184,733 )     82,336       60,644  
Income tax expense
    (10,228 )     (27,759 )     (14,294 )
Minority interest
    935       (2,040 )     (977 )
 
                 
 
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (194,026 )     52,537       45,373  
 
                       
Discontinued operations, net
    (1,071 )     967       629  
 
                 
 
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (195,097 )   $ 53,504     $ 46,002  
 
                 
 
                       
Earnings (loss) per share — basic:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ (3.95 )   $ 1.16     $ 1.22  
Discontinued operations
    (0.02 )     0.02       0.02  
 
                 
 
                       
Total
  $ (3.97 )   $ 1.18     $ 1.24  
 
                 
 
                       
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
    49,180,908       45,260,803       37,037,435  
 
                 
 
                       
Earnings (loss) per share — diluted:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ (3.95 )   $ 1.09     $ 1.14  
Discontinued operations
    (0.02 )     0.02       0.02  
 
                 
 
                       
Total
  $ (3.97 )   $ 1.11     $ 1.16  
 
                 
 
                       
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
    49,180,908       51,014,086       42,456,137  
 
                 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

64


Table of Contents

EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
(in thousands, except share data)
                                         
    No. of             Additional              
    Shares     Common     Paid in     Treasury     Subscription  
    Outstanding     Stock     Capital     Stock     Receivable  
Balance at December 31, 2005
    35,776,431     $ 717     $ 312,025     $ (196 )   $ (124 )
 
                                       
Comprehensive income:
                                       
Net income
                                       
Translation adjustment
                                       
Comprehensive income
                                       
Stock issued under employee stock plans
    1,539,014       31       14,630               (46 )
Share-based compensation
                    7,366                  
Shares issued for acquisitions
    109,542       2       4,123                  
Other
    15,040       (1 )     72                  
 
                             
 
                                       
Balance at December 31, 2006
    37,440,027       749       338,216       (196 )     (170 )
 
                                       
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                       
Net income
                                       
Translation adjustment
                                       
Unrealized loss on interest rate swaps
                                       
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities
                                       
Comprehensive income
                                       
Stock issued under employee stock plans
    809,313       19       8,177       (191 )     170  
Share-based compensation
                    7,799       8          
Shares issued for acquisitions
    4,329,035       87       149,594                  
Private placement of shares
    6,374,528       128       154,192                  
Other
                    69                  
 
                             
 
                                       
Balance at December 31, 2007
    48,952,903       983       658,047       (379 )      
 
                                       
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                       
Net loss
                                       
Translation adjustment
                                       
Unrealized gain on interest rate swaps
                                       
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities
                                       
Comprehensive loss
                                       
Stock issued under employee stock plans
    313,384       7       1,793       (485 )        
Share-based compensation
                    8,579                  
Settlement of contingent value rights
    1,114,550       22       (22 )                
Other
                    (264 )     80          
 
                             
 
                                       
Balance at December 31, 2008
    50,380,837     $ 1,012     $ 668,133     $ (784 )   $  
 
                             
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

65


Table of Contents

EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (continued)
(in thousands)
                                                     
                    Accumulated Other        
                    Comprehensive Income (Loss)        
                    Cumulative     Other        
    Accumulated     Restricted     Translation     Comprehensive        
    Deficit     Reserve     Adjustment     Income (Loss)     Total  
Balance at December 31, 2005
  $ (105,411 )   $ 776     $ 2,452             210,239  
 
                                       
Comprehensive income:
                                       
Net income
    46,002                               46,002  
Translation adjustment
                    26,371               26,371  
Comprehensive income
                                    72,373  
 
                                     
Stock issued under employee stock plans
                                    14,615  
Share-based compensation
                                    7,366  
Shares issued for acquisitions
                                    4,125  
Other
            4                       75  
 
                             
 
                                       
Balance at December 31, 2006
    (59,409 )     780       28,823             308,793  
 
                                       
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                       
Net income
    53,504                               53,504  
Translation adjustment
                    41,798               41,798  
Unrealized loss on interest rate swaps
                            (994 )     (994 )
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities
                            572       572  
Comprehensive income
                                    94,880  
 
                                     
Stock issued under employee stock plans
                                    8,175  
Share-based compensation
                                    7,807  
Shares issued for acquisitions
                                    149,681  
Private placement of shares
                                    154,320  
Other
            177                       246  
 
                             
Balance at December 31, 2007
    (5,905 )     957       70,621       (422 )     723,902  
 
                                       
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                       
Net loss
    (195,097 )                             (195,097 )
Translation adjustment
                    (79,261 )             (79,261 )
Unrealized gain on interest rate swaps
                            164       164  
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities
                            (452 )     (452 )
Comprehensive loss
                                    (274,646 )
 
                                     
Stock issued under employee stock plans
                                    1,315  
Share-based compensation
                                    8,579  
Settlement of contingent value rights
                                     
Other
            39                       (145 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ (201,002 )   $ 996     $ (8,640 )   $ (710 )   $ 459,005  
 
                             
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

66


Table of Contents

EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
Net income (loss)
  $ (195,097 )   $ 53,504     $ 46,002  
 
                       
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    57,208       48,331       29,494  
Share-based compensation
    8,547       7,736       7,423  
Unrealized foreign exchange (gain) loss, net
    9,662       (9,296 )     (10,102 )
Non-cash impairment of goodwill and acquired intangible assets
    220,077              
Non-cash impairment of investment securities
    18,760              
Gain on repurchase of bonds
    (6,625 )            
Deferred income tax benefit
    (16,400 )     (2,003     (188 )
Income (loss) assigned to minority interest
    (935 )     2,040       977  
Income from unconsolidated affiliates
    (1,250 )     (908 )     (660 )
Amortization of debt obligations issuance expense
    3,481       2,354       2,031  
 
                       
Changes in working capital, net of amounts acquired:
                       
Income taxes payable, net
    5,260       (5,595 )     (1,392 )
Restricted cash
    (46,054 )     (17,807 )     2,865  
Inventory — PINs and other
    (19,169 )     3,619       (21,395 )
Trade accounts receivable
    (21,363 )     (12,511 )     (28,999 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    1,635       (20,210 )     8,403  
Trade accounts payable
    (20,109 )     7,542       45,299  
Deferred revenue
    1,835       4,853       3,109  
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
    93,052       14,630       14,253  
Other, net
    (1,267 )     2,057       (1,193 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
    91,248       78,336       95,927  
 
                 
 
                       
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (5,400 )     (352,684 )     (2,069 )
Acquisition escrow
    26,000       (26,000 )      
Purchases of available for sale securities
          (19,990 )      
Purchases of property and equipment
    (39,710 )     (38,083 )     (20,454 )
Purchases of other long-term assets
    (3,304 )     (4,224 )     (4,665 )
Other, net
    1,065       1,044       1,063  
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash used by investing activities
    (21,349 )     (439,937 )     (26,125 )
 
                 
 
                       
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of shares
    1,379       167,727       14,680  
Net borrowings (repayments) of short-term debt obligations and revolving credit agreements classified as current liabilities
    581       (4,862 )     (12,443 )
Borrowings from revolving credit agreements classified as non-current liabilities
    270,020       880,013       41,804  
Repayments of revolving credit agreements classified as non-current liabilities
    (315,061 )     (888,950 )     (12,761 )
Proceeds from long-term debt obligations
          190,000        
Repayments of long-term debt obligations
    (95,375 )     (26,000 )      
Repayments of capital lease obligations
    (6,811 )     (10,414 )     (6,375 )
Cash dividends paid to minority interest stockholders
          (2,798 )      
Debt issuance costs
    (750 )     (3,827 )      
Other, net
    287       648       (183 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    (145,730 )     301,537       24,722  
 
                 
 
                       
Effect of exchange differences on cash
    (9,867 )     6,597       6,602  
 
                 
 
                       
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (85,698 )     (53,467 )     101,126  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period (includes cash of discontinued operations of $722 in 2008, $1,446 in 2007 and $0 in 2006)
    267,591       321,058       219,932  
 
                 
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period (includes cash of discontinued operations of $552 in 2008, $722 in 2007 and $1,446 in 2006)
  $ 181,893     $ 267,591     $ 321,058  
 
                 
 
                       
Interest paid during the period
  $ 22,124     $ 24,110     $ 12,851  
Income taxes paid during the period
    23,745       24,698       18,147  
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

67


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2007, AND 2006
(1) ORGANIZATION
Euronet Worldwide, Inc. was established as a Delaware corporation on December 13, 1997. Euronet Worldwide, Inc. succeeded Euronet Holding N.V. as the group holding company, which was founded and established in 1994.
Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company” or “Euronet”) is an industry leader in processing secure electronic financial transactions. Euronet’s Prepaid Processing Segment is one of the world’s largest international providers of “top-up” services for prepaid products, primarily prepaid mobile airtime. The EFT Processing Segment provides end-to-end solutions relating to operations of automated teller machine (“ATM”) and Point of Sale (“POS”) networks, and debit and credit card processing in Europe, the Middle East and Asia Pacific. The Money Transfer Segment, comprised primarily of the Company’s RIA Envia, Inc. (“RIA”) subsidiary and its operating subsidiaries, is the third-largest global money transfer company, based upon revenues and volumes, and provides services through a sending network of agents and Company-owned stores primarily in North America and Europe, disbursing money transfers through a worldwide payer network.
(2) BASIS OF PREPARATION
The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Euronet and its wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries and all significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. The Company’s investments in companies that it does not control, but has the ability to exercise significant influence, are accounted for under the equity method. Euronet is not involved with any variable interest entities, as defined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” Results from operations related to entities acquired during the periods covered by the Consolidated Financial Statements are reflected from the effective date of acquisition. Certain amounts in prior years have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.
The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires that management make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reported amount of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include computing income taxes, estimating the useful lives and potential impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill, as well as allocating the purchase price to assets acquired in acquisitions and revenue recognition. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(3) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES
Foreign currencies
Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of a subsidiary are remeasured at rates of exchange on the balance sheet date. Resulting gains and losses on foreign currency transactions are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The financial statements of foreign subsidiaries where the functional currency is not the U.S. dollar are translated to U.S. dollars using (i) exchange rates in effect at period end for assets and liabilities, and (ii) weighted average exchange rates during the period for revenues and expenses. Adjustments resulting from translation of such financial statements are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a separate component of consolidated stockholders’ equity.
Cash equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Inventory — PINs and other
Inventory — PINs and other is valued at the lower of cost or fair market value and represents primarily prepaid personal identification number (“PIN”) inventory for prepaid mobile airtime related to the Prepaid Processing Segment. PIN inventory is generally managed on a specific identification basis that approximates first in, first out for the respective denomination of prepaid mobile airtime sold. Additionally, from time to time, Inventory — PINs and other may include POS terminals, mobile phone handsets and ATMs held by the Company for resale.
Property and equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Property and equipment acquired in acquisitions have been recorded at estimated fair values as of the acquisition date.

68


Table of Contents

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Depreciation and amortization rates are generally as follows:
         
Automated teller machines (ATMs) or ATM upgrades
  5 – 7 years
Computers and software
  3 – 5 years
POS terminals
  2 – 5 years
Vehicles and office equipment
  5 years
ATM cassettes
  1 year
Leasehold improvements
  Over the lesser of the lease term or estimated useful life
Goodwill and other intangible assets
The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” SFAS No. 142 requires that the Company test for impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances dictate. Impairment tests are performed annually during the fourth quarter and are performed at the reporting unit level. Generally, fair value represents discounted projected future cash flows, and potential impairment is indicated when the carrying value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, exceeds its estimated fair value. If potential for impairment exists, the fair value of the reporting unit is subsequently measured against the fair value of its underlying assets and liabilities, excluding goodwill, to estimate an implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value. As a result of the Company’s annual impairment test for the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $219.8 million. See Note 10, Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets, Net, for additional information regarding this charge. The Company’s annual impairment tests for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 indicated that there were no impairments. Determining the fair value of reporting units requires significant management judgment in estimating future cash flows and assessing potential market and economic conditions. It is reasonably possible that the Company’s operations will not perform as expected, or that estimates or assumptions could change, which may result in the Company recording additional material non-cash impairment charges during the year in which these changes take place.
Other Intangibles In accordance with SFAS No. 142, intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Unless otherwise noted, amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
         
Non-compete agreements
  2 – 5 years
Trademarks and trade names
  2 – 20 years
Developed software technology
  3 years
Customer relationships
  3 – 9 years
Patents
  7 years
See Note 10, Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets, Net, for additional information regarding SFAS No. 142 and the treatment of goodwill and other intangible assets.
Other assets
Other assets include deferred financing costs, costs related to in process acquisitions, investments in unconsolidated affiliates, capitalized software development costs and capitalized payments for new or renewed contracts, contract renewals and customer conversion costs. Deferred financing costs represent expenses incurred to obtain financing that have been deferred and amortized over the life of the loan. Euronet capitalizes initial payments for new or renewed contracts to the extent recoverable through future operations, contractual minimums and/or penalties in the case of early termination. The Company’s accounting policy is to limit the amount of capitalized costs for a given contract to the lesser of the estimated ongoing net future cash flows related to the contract or the termination fees the Company would receive in the event of early termination of the contract by the customer.
The Company accounts for investments in affiliates using the equity method of accounting when the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over the affiliate. Equity losses in affiliates are generally recognized until the Company’s investment is zero. Euronet’s investment in affiliates, primarily related to the Company’s 40% investment in e-pay Malaysia, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $2.5 million and $2.1 million, respectively. Undistributed earnings in these affiliates as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $2.8 million and $2.0 million, respectively.
The Company’s investment in MoneyGram International, Inc. (“MoneyGram”) was classified as available-for-sale as of December 31, 2007 and was recorded in other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. During the first quarter 2008, the Company decided not to pursue the acquisition of MoneyGram. Also, during the six months ended June 30, 2008, the value of the Company’s investment in MoneyGram declined and the Company determined the decline to be other than temporary. Accordingly, the Company

69


Table of Contents

recognized impairment losses associated with the investment of $18.8 million during the six months ended June 30, 2008 and reversed the $0.6 million gain recorded during 2007 in other comprehensive income. Additionally, the $0.1 million gain during the six months ended December 31, 2008 was recorded in other comprehensive income. The investment is recorded in other current assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2008. During the first quarter 2008, the Company also recorded acquisition related expenses totaling $3.0 million, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
Income taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”), an interpretation of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” The Company’s policy is to record estimated interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 16, Taxes, for further discussion regarding the adoption of FIN 48.
Presentation of taxes collected and remitted to governmental authorities
During 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) issued EITF 06-3, “How Taxes Collected and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That Is, Gross versus Net Presentation).” The Company presents taxes collected and remitted to governmental authorities on a net basis in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Fair value measurements
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” for financial assets and liabilities. This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The Statement applies whenever other accounting pronouncements require or permit fair value measurement. Accordingly, this Statement does not require any new fair value measurements. Additionally, FASB Staff Position No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157,” delayed the effective date of SFAS No. 157 to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 for certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities. Beginning January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the provisions for those nonfinancial assets and liabilities, which include those measured at fair value in goodwill impairment testing, indefinite-lived intangible assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment, nonfinancial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment and investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries. The Company does not expect the provisions of SFAS No. 157 related to these items to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. See Note 20, Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements, for the required fair value disclosures.
Accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities
The Company accounts for derivative instruments and hedging activities in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended, which requires that all derivative instruments be recognized as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet at fair value. During 2007, the Company entered into derivative instruments to manage exposure to interest rate risk that are considered cash flow hedges under the provisions of SFAS No. 133. To qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133, the details for the hedging relationship must be formally documented at the inception of the arrangement, including the Company’s hedging strategy, risk management objective, the specific risk being hedged, the derivative instrument being used, the item being hedged, an assessment of hedge effectiveness and how effectiveness will continue to be assessed and measured. For the effective portion of a cash flow hedge, changes in the value of the hedge instrument are recorded temporarily in stockholders’ equity as a component of other comprehensive income and then recognized as an adjustment to interest expense over the term of the hedging instrument.
In the Money Transfer Segment, the Company enters into foreign currency derivative contracts, primarily forward contracts, to offset foreign currency exposure related to the notional value of money transfer settlement assets and liabilities in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. These contracts are considered derivative instruments under the provisions of SFAS No. 133; however, the Company does not designate such instruments as hedges for accounting purposes. Accordingly, changes in the value of these contracts are recognized immediately as a component of foreign currency exchange gain (loss), net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The impact of changes in value of these contracts, together with the impact of the change in value of the related foreign currency denominated settlement asset or liability, on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations and Consolidated Balance Sheets is not significant.

70


Table of Contents

Cash flows resulting from derivative instruments are classified as cash flows from operating activities in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. The Company enters into derivative instruments with highly credit-worthy financial institutions and does not use derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes. See Note 13, Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, for further discussion of derivative instruments.
Revenue recognition
The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. The majority of the Company’s revenues are comprised of monthly recurring management fees and transaction-based fees. A description of the major components of revenue, by business segment is as follows:
EFT Processing Revenue in the EFT Processing Segment is derived from primarily two sources: i) transaction and management fees from owned and outsourced ATM, POS and card processing networks; and ii) from the sale of EFT software solutions for electronic payment and transaction delivery systems.
Transaction-based fees include charges for cash withdrawals, balance inquiries, transactions not completed because the relevant card issuer does not give authorization or prepaid mobile airtime recharges. Outsourcing services are generally billed on the basis of a fixed monthly fee per ATM, plus a transaction-based fee. Transaction-based fees are recognized at the time the transactions are processed and outsourcing management fees are recognized ratably over the contract period.
Certain of the Company’s non-cancelable customer contracts provide for the receipt of up-front fees from the customer and/or decreasing or increasing fee schedules over the agreement term for substantially the same level of services to be provided by the Company. As prescribed in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements,” as amended by SAB 104, “Revenue Recognition,” the Company recognizes revenue under these contracts based on proportional performance of services over the term of the contract. This generally results in “straight-line” (i.e., consistent value per period) revenue recognition of the contracts’ total cash flows, including any up-front payment received from the customer.
Revenue from the sale of EFT software solutions represent software license fees, professional service fees for installation and customization, ongoing software maintenance fees and revenue from the sale of hardware associated with the system.
The Company recognizes professional service fee revenue in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Position (“SOP”) 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” as amended by SOP 98-4, SOP 98-9 and clarified by SAB 101, SAB 104, “Revenue Recognition,” and EITF Issue No. 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” SOP 97-2, as amended, generally requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple-elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of those elements. Revenue from multiple-element software arrangements is recognized using the residual method. Under the residual method, revenue is recognized in a multiple-element arrangement when vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value exists for all of the undelivered elements in the arrangement, but does not exist for one or more of the delivered elements in the arrangement. The Company allocates revenue to each element in a multiple-element arrangement based on the element’s respective fair value, with the fair value determined by the price charged when that element is sold separately.
Revenues from software licensing agreement contracts are recognized over the professional services portion of the contract term using the percentage of completion method, following the guidance in SOP 81-1, “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts,” as prescribed by SOP 97-2. This method is based on the percentage of professional service fees that are provided compared with the total estimated professional services to be provided over the entire term of the contract. The effect of changes to total estimated contract costs is recognized in the period such changes are determined and provisions for estimated losses are made in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and estimable. Revenues from software licensing agreement contracts representing newly released products deemed to have a higher than normal risk of failure during installation are recognized on a completed contract basis whereby revenues and related costs are deferred until the contract is complete. Software maintenance revenue is recognized over the contractual period or as the maintenance-related service is performed. Revenue from the sale of hardware is generally recognized when title passes to the customer. Revenue in excess of billings on software licensing agreements was $0.9 million and $1.0 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and is recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets. Billings in excess of revenue on software license agreements was $3.7 million and $1.7 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively and is recorded as deferred revenue until such time the above revenue recognition criteria are met.
Prepaid Processing Substantially all of the revenue generated in the Prepaid Processing Segment is derived from commissions or processing fees associated with distribution and/or processing of prepaid mobile airtime and other telecommunication products. These fees and commissions are received from mobile and other telecommunication operators, top-up distributors or retailers. In accordance with EITF 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as Principal versus Net as an Agent,” commissions received from mobile and other telecommunication operators are recognized as revenue during the period in which the Company provides the service. The portion of the commission that is paid to retailers is recorded as a direct operating cost. Transactions are

71


Table of Contents

processed through a network of POS terminals and direct connections to the electronic payment systems of retailers. Transaction processing fees are recognized at the time the transactions are processed.
Money Transfer In accordance with EITF 99-19, revenue for money transfer services represents a transaction fee in addition to the difference between purchasing currency at wholesale exchange rates and selling the currency to consumers at retail exchange rates. Revenue and the associated direct operating cost are recognized at the time the transaction is processed. The Company has origination and distribution agents in place, which each earn a fee for the respective service. These fees are reflected as direct operating costs.
Software capitalization
Computer software to be sold The Company applies SFAS No. 2, “Accounting for Research and Development Costs,” and SFAS No. 86, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed,” in recording research and development costs. Research costs related to the discovery of new knowledge with the hope that such knowledge will be useful in developing a new product or service, or a new process or technique, or in bringing about significant improvement to an existing product or process, are expensed as incurred (see Note 21, Computer Software to be Sold). Development costs aimed at the translation of research findings or other knowledge into a plan or design for a new product or process, or for a significant improvement to an existing product or process, whether intended for sale or use, are capitalized on a product-by-product basis when technological feasibility is established. Capitalization of computer software costs is discontinued when the computer software product is available to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed.
Technological feasibility of computer software products is established when the Company has completed all planning, designing, coding, and testing activities that are necessary to establish that the product can be produced to meet its design specifications including, functions, features and technical performance requirements. Technological feasibility is evidenced by the existence of a working model of the product or by completion of a detail program design. The detail program design (i) establishes that the necessary skills, hardware, and software technology are available to produce the product, (ii) is complete and consistent with the product design, and (iii) has been reviewed for high-risk development issues, with any uncertainties related to identified high-risk development issues being adequately resolved.
Capitalized software costs are included in other assets and are amortized on a product-by-product basis, equal to the greater of the amount computed using (i) the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product or (ii) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product, generally three years, including the period being reported on. Amortization commences when the product is available for general release to customers.
Software for internal use The Company also develops software for internal use. These software development costs are capitalized based upon AICPA Statement of Position No. 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.” Internal-use software development costs are capitalized after the preliminary project stage is completed and management with the relevant authority authorizes and commits to funding a computer software project and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended. Costs incurred prior to meeting the qualifications are expensed as incurred. Capitalization ceases when the computer software project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Internal-use software development costs are amortized using an estimated useful life of five years.
Share-based compensation
The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment,” which is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” and supersedes Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” For equity classified awards, SFAS No. 123R requires the determination of the fair value of the share-based compensation at the grant date and subsequent recognition of the related expense over the period in which the share-based compensation is earned (“requisite service period”). The portion of share-based compensation to be settled in cash is accounted for as a liability classified award. The fair value of these awards is remeasured at each reporting period and the related compensation expense is adjusted.
The amount of future compensation expense related to awards of nonvested shares or nonvested share units (“restricted stock”) is based on the market price for Euronet Common Stock at the grant date. The grant date is the date at which all key terms and conditions of the grant have been determined and the Company becomes contingently obligated to transfer assets to the employee who renders the requisite service, generally the date at which grants are approved by the Company’s Board of Directors or Compensation Committee thereof. Share-based compensation expense for awards with only service conditions is generally recognized as expense on a “straight-line” basis over the requisite service period. For awards that vest based on achieving annual performance conditions, expense is recognized on a “graded attribution method.” The graded attribution method results in expense recognition on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of an award, as if the award was, in-substance, multiple awards. The Company has elected to use the “with and without method” when calculating the income tax benefit associated with its share-based payment arrangements. See Note 18, Stock Plans, for further disclosure.

72


Table of Contents

Recent accounting pronouncements
In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) APB 14-1, “Accounting for Convertible Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement).” FSP APB 14-1 requires the proceeds from the issuance of such convertible debt instruments to be allocated between debt and equity components so that debt is discounted to reflect the Company’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate. The debt discount is amortized over the period the convertible debt is expected to be outstanding as additional non-cash interest expense. The change in accounting treatment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and applies retrospectively to prior periods. FSP APB 14-1 will impact the accounting associated with the Company’s $140 million convertible senior debentures and its $175 million convertible debentures. The new accounting treatment will require Euronet to retrospectively record a significant amount of non-cash interest as the discount on the debt is amortized. The Company estimates that it will record additional interest expense of approximately $12 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. Additionally, the pre-tax gains on the early retirements of the convertible debentures recorded during the year ended December 31, 2008 will be reduced by approximately $4 million.
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” which requires enhanced disclosures about an entity’s derivative and hedging activities, including: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. This Statement encourages, but does not require, comparative disclosures for earlier periods at initial adoption. The Company’s adoption of SFAS No. 161 is not expected to have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets.” FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” This FSP is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and the guidance for determining the useful life of a recognized intangible asset must be applied prospectively to intangible assets acquired after the effective date. The Company’s adoption of FSP FAS 142-3 is not expected to have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141R, “Business Combinations,” which is a revision of SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.” SFAS No. 141R will apply to all business combinations and will require most identifiable assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests, and goodwill acquired in a business combination to be recorded at “full fair value” at the acquisition date. SFAS No 141R will also require transaction-related costs to be expensed in the period incurred, rather than capitalizing these costs as a component of the respective purchase price. SFAS No. 141R is effective for Euronet for acquisitions completed after January 1, 2009 and early adoption is prohibited. The adoption will have a significant impact on the accounting treatment for acquisitions occurring after the effective date.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements,” that replaces Accounting Research Bulletin (“ARB”) 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements.” SFAS No. 160 will require noncontrolling interests (previously referred to as minority interests) to be reported as a component of equity, which will change the accounting for transactions with noncontrolling interest holders. SFAS No. 160 is effective for Euronet on January 1, 2009 and will result in a change in the classification of the Company’s noncontrolling interest from a component of liabilities to a component of equity in Consolidated Balance Sheets and will change the accounting for transactions with noncontrolling shareholders after the effective date. The adoption of SFAS No. 160 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

73


Table of Contents

(4) EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share has been computed by dividing earnings available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the respective period. Diluted earnings per share has been computed by dividing earnings available to common stockholders by the weighted-average shares outstanding during the respective period, after adjusting for the potential dilution of the assumed conversion of the Company’s convertible debentures, shares issuable in connection with acquisition obligations, options to purchase the Company’s common stock and restricted stock. The following table provides a reconciliation of net income to earnings available to common stockholders and the computation of diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2007     2006  
Reconciliation of net income to earnings available to common stockholders:
               
Net income
  $ 53,504     $ 46,002  
Add: interest expense of 1.625% convertible debentures
    3,175       3,189  
 
           
 
               
Earnings available to common stockholders
  $ 56,679     $ 49,191  
 
           
 
               
Computation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding:
               
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
    45,260,803       37,037,435  
Additional shares from assumed conversion of 1.625% convertible debentures
    4,163,488       4,163,488  
Weighted average shares issuable in connection with acquisition obligations (See Note 6 - Acquisitions)
    478,149       36,514  
 
Incremental shares from assumed conversion of stock options and restricted stock
    1,111,646       1,218,700  
 
           
 
               
Potentially diluted weighted average shares outstanding
    51,014,086       42,456,137  
 
           
The table includes all stock options and restricted stock that are dilutive to Euronet’s weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred a net loss; therefore, diluted loss per share is the same as basic loss per share. The calculation of diluted earnings per share excludes stock options or shares of restricted stock that are anti-dilutive to the Company’s weighted average common shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 of approximately 5,046,000, 458,000 and 240,000, respectively.
The Company issued $140 million of 1.625% convertible senior debentures due 2024 and $175 million of 3.5% convertible debentures due 2025 (see Note 12, Debt Obligations) that, if converted, would have a potentially dilutive effect on the Company’s stock. The $140 million 1.625% debentures were convertible into 4.2 million shares of Common Stock for the periods when the entire issuance was outstanding, with an initial conversion date of December 2009, and the $175 million 3.5% debentures are convertible into 4.3 million shares of Common Stock, initially in October 2012, or earlier upon the occurrence of certain conditions. See Note 12, Debt Obligations, for discussion of the Company’s repurchase of a portion of the 1.625% debentures. As required by EITF Issue No. 04-8, “The Effect of Contingently Convertible Debt on Diluted Earnings per Share,” if dilutive, the impact of the contingently issuable shares must be included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share under the “if-converted” method, regardless of whether the conditions upon which the debentures would be convertible into shares of the Company’s Common Stock have been met. Under the if-converted method, the assumed conversion of the 1.625% convertible debentures was anti-dilutive for the year ended December 31, 2008 and was dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 and, accordingly, the impact has been included in the above computation of potentially diluted weighted average shares outstanding for 2007 and 2006 only. Under the if-converted method, the assumed conversion of the 3.5% convertible debentures was anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. Accordingly, the impact has been excluded from the above computation of potentially dilutive weighted average shares outstanding.
(5) DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
During the second quarter 2008, the Company committed to a plan to sell Euronet Essentis Limited (“Essentis”), a U.K. software entity, in order to focus its investments and resources on its transaction processing businesses. The Company is in the process of selling the business. Accordingly, Essentis’s results of operations are shown as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for all periods presented. Previously, Essentis’s results were reported in the EFT Processing Segment. The segment results in Note 19, Business Segment Information, also reflect the reclassification of Essentis’s results to discontinued operations. The following amounts related to Essentis have been segregated from continuing operations and reported as discontinued operations:

74


Table of Contents

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)   2008   2007   2006
Revenues
  $ 9,670     $ 14,908     $ 13,805  
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ (1,686 )   $ 920     $ 1,039  
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,071 )   $ 623     $ 629  
The Consolidated Balance Sheets include Essentis’s net assets expected to be sold and the major classes of its assets and liabilities are presented below:
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
(in thousands)   2008     2007  
ASSETS
               
Current assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 552     $ 722  
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
    2,187       4,133  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    990       910  
 
           
Total current assets
    3,729       5,765  
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
    427       647  
Acquired intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization
    991       1,614  
Other assets, net of accumulated amortization
    2,635       3,046  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 7,782     $ 11,072  
 
           
 
LIABILITIES
               
Current liabilities
               
Trade accounts payable
  $ 250     $ 953  
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
    760       2,596  
Deferred revenue
    2,349       3,669  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    3,359       7,218  
Deferred income taxes
    624       31  
Other long-term liabilities
    3       1  
 
           
Total liabilities
  $ 3,986     $ 7,250  
 
           
 
               
Net assets
  $ 3,796     $ 3,822  
 
           
In July 2002, the Company sold substantially all of the non-current assets and related capital lease obligations of its ATM processing business in France to Atos S.A. During 2007, the Company received a binding French Supreme Court decision relating to a lawsuit in France that resulted in a cash recovery and gain to the Company of $0.3 million, net of legal costs. There were no assets or liabilities held for sale related to the operations in France at December 31, 2008 or 2007.
(6) ACQUISITIONS
In accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” the Company allocates the purchase price of its acquisitions to the tangible assets, liabilities and intangible assets acquired based on estimated fair values. Any excess purchase price over those fair values is recorded as goodwill. The fair value assigned to intangible assets acquired is supported by valuations using estimates and assumptions provided by management. Generally, for certain large acquisitions management engages an appraiser to assist in the valuation process.
2007 Acquisitions:
Acquisition of RIA
On April 4, 2007, the Company completed the acquisition of the common stock of RIA, which expanded the Company’s money transfer operations in the U.S. and internationally. The purchase price of $505.5 million was comprised of $358.3 million in cash, 4,053,606 shares of Euronet Common Stock valued at $110.0 million, 3,685,098 contingent value rights (“CVRs”) and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) valued at a total of $32.1 million and transaction costs of approximately $5.1 million. The Company financed the cash portion of the purchase price through a combination of cash on hand and $190 million in additional debt obligations. The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price to the fair values of the acquired tangible and intangible assets at the acquisition date.

75


Table of Contents

                 
    Estimated          
(dollar amounts in thousands)   Life          
Current assets
          $ 78,220  
Property and equipment
  various     10,854  
Customer relationships
  3 - 8 years     73,280  
Weighted average life
  7.0 years        
Trademarks and trade names
  20 years     36,760  
Software
  5 years     1,610  
Non-compete agreements
  3 years     270  
Other non-current assets
            1,396  
Goodwill
  Indefinite     404,599  
Assets acquired
            606,989  
 
               
Current liabilities
            (85,062 )
Non-current liabilities
            (1,574 )
Deferred income tax liability
            (14,852 )
 
             
 
               
Net assets acquired
          $ 505,501  
 
             
Pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement, $35.0 million in cash and 276,382 shares of Euronet Common Stock valued at $7.5 million are being held in escrow to secure certain obligations of the sellers under the Stock Purchase Agreement. These amounts have been reflected in the purchase price because the Company has determined beyond a reasonable doubt that the obligations will be met. The 3,685,098 CVRs matured on October 1, 2008 and resulted in the issuance of $20 million of additional shares of Euronet Common Stock. The 3,685,098 SARs entitled the sellers to acquire additional shares of Euronet Common Stock at an exercise price of $27.14 at any time through October 1, 2008 and expired unexercised. The combination of the CVRs and SARs entitled the sellers to additional consideration of at least $20 million in Euronet Common Stock or cash. Management estimated the total fair value of the CVRs and SARs at approximately $32.1 million using a Black Scholes pricing model. These and other terms and conditions applicable to the CVRs and SARs are set forth in the agreements governing these instruments. Of the amount allocated to goodwill, approximately $225.5 million is deductible for income tax purposes.
Additionally, in April 2007, the Company combined its previous money transfer business with RIA and incurred total exit costs of approximately $0.9 million during 2007. These costs were recorded as operating expenses and represent the accelerated depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, software and leasehold improvements that were disposed of during 2007; the write off of marketing materials and trademarks that have been discontinued or will not be used; the write off of accounts receivable from agents that did not meet RIA’s credit requirements; and severance and retention payments made to certain employees. Additional costs incurred in association with exiting the Company’s previous money transfer business, if any, are not expected to be significant.
Other acquisitions
During 2007, the Company completed three other acquisitions described below for an aggregate purchase price of $26.5 million, comprised of $18.1 million in cash, 275,429 shares of Euronet Common Stock valued at $7.6 million and notes payable of $0.8 million. In connection with one of these acquisitions, the Company agreed to certain contingent consideration arrangements based on the value of Euronet Common Stock and the achievement of certain performance criteria. Upon the achievement of certain performance criteria, during 2009 and 2010, the Company may have to pay a total of $2.5 million in cash or 75,489 shares of Euronet Common Stock, at the option of the seller.
    During January 2007, EFT Services Holding BV and Euronet Adminisztracios Kft, both wholly-owned subsidiaries of Euronet, completed the acquisition of a total of 100% of the share capital of Brodos SRL in Romania (“Brodos Romania”). Brodos Romania is a leading electronic prepaid mobile airtime processor that expanded the Company’s Prepaid Processing Segment business to Romania.
 
    During February 2007, e-pay Holdings Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Euronet, completed the acquisition of all of the share capital of Omega Logic, Ltd. (“Omega Logic”). Omega Logic is a prepaid top-up company based, and primarily operating, in the U.K. This acquisition enhanced our Prepaid Processing Segment business in the U.K.
 
    During April 2007, PaySpot, Inc. (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Euronet) acquired customer relationships from Synergy Telecom, Inc. (“Synergy”) and Synergy agreed not to compete with PaySpot in the prepaid mobile phone top-up business in the U.S. for a period of five years. This acquisition enhances the Company’s Prepaid Processing Segment business in the U.S.

76


Table of Contents

2006 Acquisition:
Acquisition of Essentis Limited
In January 2006, the Company completed the acquisition of the assets of Essentis Limited for approximately $2.9 million, which was comprised of $0.9 million in cash and approximately $2.0 million in assumed liabilities. Essentis is a U.K. company that owns and develops software packages that enhance Euronet’s outsourcing and software offerings to banks. There are no potential additional purchase price or escrow arrangements associated with the acquisition of Essentis.
During 2006, the Company issued 109,542 shares of Euronet Common Stock, valued at $4.1 million, in settlement of contingent payment arrangements associated with the Company’s 2005 acquisitions. This settlement was recorded as an increase in goodwill.
(7) NON-CASH FINANCING AND INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital lease obligations of $1.5 million, $3.0 million and $4.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, were incurred when the Company entered into leases primarily for new ATMs, to upgrade ATMs or for data center computer equipment.
See Note 6, Acquisitions, for a description of non-cash financing and investing activities related to the Company’s acquisitions.
(8) RESTRICTED CASH
The restricted cash balances as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
                 
    As of December 31,  
(in thousands)   2008     2007  
Cash held in trust and/or cash held on behalf of others
  $ 122,007     $ 108,422  
Acquisition escrow
          27,307  
Collateral on bank credit arrangements
    8,444       1,725  
ATM network cash
    319       423  
Other
    255       2,345  
 
           
 
               
Total
  $ 131,025     $ 140,222  
 
           
Cash held in trust and/or cash held on behalf of others is in connection with the administration of the customer collection and vendor remittance activities in the Prepaid Processing Segment. Amounts collected on behalf of mobile operators are deposited into a restricted cash account. The Company has deposits with commercial banks to cover guarantees. The bank credit arrangements primarily represent cash collateral for bank guarantees. ATM network cash represents balances held that are equivalent to the value of certain banks’ cash held in Euronet’s ATM network.
Acquisition escrow represents cash placed in escrow in connection with an agreement to acquire Envios de Valores La Nacional Corp. and its U.S. based affiliates (“La Nacional”). See Note 22, Litigation and Contingencies, for further discussion of events related to the Company’s agreement with La Nacional.

77


Table of Contents

(9) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
The components of property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:
                 
    As of December 31,  
(in thousands)   2008     2007  
ATMs
  $ 86,606     $ 97,361  
POS terminals
    32,323       30,962  
Vehicles and office equipment
    31,346       27,607  
Computers and software
    64,515       51,597  
 
           
 
    214,790       207,527  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (125,258 )     (119,190 )
 
           
 
               
Total
  $ 89,532     $ 88,337  
 
           
Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment, including property and equipment recorded under capital leases, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $30.2 million, $25.2 million and $19.0 million, respectively.
(10) GOODWILL AND ACQUIRED INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of the acquired business over the estimated fair value of the underlying net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The following table summarizes intangible assets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                                             
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Gross Carrying     Accumulated     Gross Carrying     Accumulated  
(in thousands)   Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amortization  
Customer relationships
  $ 139,671     $ 53,801     $ 147,713     $ 37,922  
Trademarks and tradenames
    40,793       4,712       43,191       2,992  
Software
    5,338       3,455       6,236       3,014  
Patent
    1,701       505       1,701       168  
Non-compete agreements
    730       447       746       354  
 
                       
 
                               
Totals
  $ 188,233     $ 62,920     $ 199,587     $ 44,450  
 
                       
The following table summarizes the goodwill and amortizable intangible assets activity for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008.
                                 
    Amortizable             Total  
    Intangible             Intangible  
(in thousands):   Assets     Goodwill     Assets  
Balance as of January 1, 2007
  $ 48,405     $ 297,134     $ 345,539  
Increases (decreases):
                       
Acquisition of RIA
    111,920       404,599       516,519  
Other 2007 acquisitions
    8,366       21,553       29,919  
Amortization
    (20,385 )           (20,385 )
Other (primarily changes in foreign currency exchange rates)
    6,831       39,437       46,268  
 
                 
 
                       
Balance as of December 31, 2007
  $ 155,137     $ 762,723     $ 917,860  
 
                 
Decreases:
                       
Impairment
    (321 )     (219,756 )     (220,077 )
Amortization
    (24,173 )           (24,173 )
Other (primarily changes in foreign currency exchange rates)
    (5,330 )     (54,662 )     (59,992 )
 
                 
 
                       
Balance as of December 31, 2008
  $ 125,313     $ 488,305     $ 613,618  
 
                 

78


Table of Contents

As a result of the 2008 annual goodwill impairment test, the Company recorded an estimated non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $219.8 million. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of each year, which coincided with severe disruptions in the credit markets and a macroeconomic business climate that had adverse impacts on stock markets and contributed to a significant decline in the Company’s stock price. In performing the annual goodwill impairment test, management must apply judgment in determining the estimated fair value of a business and uses all available information to make these fair value determinations, including discounted projected future cash flow analysis using discount rates commensurate with the risks involved in the assets, together with comparable sales prices that the Company or another purchaser would likely pay for the respective assets. An important key component of the 2008 goodwill impairment test was the reconciliation of the Company’s equity to market capitalization. During the fourth quarter 2008 and into 2009, the Company’s total market capitalization was less than the recorded value of the Company’s equity by an amount up to approximately 45% of recorded equity, creating a strong indicator of potential impairment of our goodwill balance.
Because of the macroeconomic conditions described above and their impacts on the Company, after incorporating assumptions that the Company or another purchaser would likely make into the Company’s business outlook and projections for certain of the Company’s acquired businesses, the Company determined that the resulting valuations were not sufficient to support the recorded value of the Company’s investments. Specifically, the Company has experienced reductions in volumes for money transfers between the U.S. and Mexico, among other corridors, that were initially expected to continue expanding. Additionally, growth in the Spanish prepaid mobile phone business in general has been slower than expected and commission pressure from mobile operators, as well as intense competition from other prepaid processors, has reduced profitability.
Accordingly, during the fourth quarter 2008, the Company recorded a total impairment charge related to goodwill of $219.8 million, comprised of $169.1 million related to the RIA money transfer business acquired in April 2007 and $50.7 million related to the Spanish prepaid businesses acquired in separate transactions during November 2004 and March 2005. The $219.8 million goodwill impairment charge is the Company’s best estimate of the goodwill charge as of December 31, 2008. Any adjustment to that estimated charge resulting from the completion of the measurement of the impairment loss will be recognized in the first quarter 2009.
In a related assessment in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”, it was determined that certain trade names and customer relationships of the RIA money transfer business were impaired and the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $0.3 million in 2008 related to those assets.
Of the total goodwill balance of $488.3 million as of December 31, 2008, $250.5 million relates to the Money Transfer Segment, $214.4 million relates to the Prepaid Processing Segment and the remaining $23.4 million relates to the EFT Processing Segment. Amortization expense for intangible assets with finite lives was $24.2 million, $20.4 million and $8.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Estimated amortization expense on intangible assets as of December 31, 2008 with finite lives is expected to be $22.7 million for 2009, $22.3 million for 2010, $18.5 million for 2011, $16.0 million for 2012 and $11.4 million for 2013.
(11) ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
The balances as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
                 
    As of December 31,  
(in thousands)   2008     2007  
Accrued expenses
  $ 43,661     $ 46,639  
Accrued amounts due to mobile operators
    152,795       94,935  
Money transfer settlement obligations
    27,358       25,480  
 
           
 
               
Total
  $ 223,814     $ 167,054  
 
           
(12) DEBT OBLIGATIONS
Short-term debt obligations
Short-term debt obligations outstanding were $0.2 million at December 31, 2008 with a weighted average interest rate of 6.8%.

79


Table of Contents

Long-term debt obligations
Long-term debt obligations consist of the following as of December 31, 2008 and 2007:
                 
    As of December 31,  
(in thousands)   2008     2007  
1.625% convertible senior debentures, unsecured, due 2024
  $ 70,000     $ 140,000  
3.50% convertible debentures, unsecured, due 2025
    175,000       175,000  
Term loan, due 2014
    132,000       164,000  
Revolving credit agreements
    16,719       62,203  
Other
    90        
 
           
 
    393,809       541,203  
 
               
Less current maturities of long-term debt obligations
    (71,900 )     (1,900 )
 
           
 
               
Long-term debt obligations
  $ 321,909     $ 539,303  
 
           
On December 15, 2004, the Company completed the sale of $140 million of 1.625% Contingent Convertible Senior Debentures Due 2024 (“Convertible Senior Debentures”). The Company received net proceeds from the sale of $135.4 million, after fees totaling $4.6 million. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company repurchased in privately negotiated transactions $70 million in principal amount of the Convertible Senior Debentures. This resulted in a $6.1 million pre-tax gain on early retirement of debt, net of the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs. The remaining $70 million of outstanding Convertible Senior Debentures have an interest rate of 1.625% per annum payable semi-annually in June and December, and are convertible into a total of 2.1 million shares of Euronet Common Stock at a conversion price of $33.63 per share if certain conditions are met (relating to the closing prices of Euronet common stock exceeding certain thresholds for specified periods). The Company will pay contingent interest, during any six-month period commencing with the period from December 20, 2009 through June 14, 2010, and for each six-month period thereafter for which the average trading price of the debentures for the applicable five trading-day period preceding such applicable interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the debentures. Contingent interest will equal 0.30% per annum of the average trading price of a debenture for such five trading-day periods. The Convertible Senior Debentures may not be redeemed by the Company until December 20, 2009 but are redeemable at any time thereafter at par. Holders of the Convertible Senior Debentures have the option to require the Company to purchase their debentures at par on December 15, 2009, 2014 and 2019, or upon a change in control of the Company. These terms and other material terms and conditions applicable to the Convertible Senior Debentures are set forth in the indenture governing the debentures. In connection with the Convertible Senior Debentures, the Company recorded $4.6 million in debt issuance costs, which are being amortized over five years, the term of the initial put option by the holders of the Convertible Senior Debentures. Pro rata amounts of the debt issuance costs were written off when the early retirements of the Convertible Senior Debentures occurred. The Convertible Senior Debentures are general unsecured and unsubordinated obligations and rank equally in right of payment with all other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated obligations and senior in right of payment to all of the Company’s future subordinated indebtedness. The Convertible Senior Debentures are effectively subordinated to existing and future secured indebtedness, including indebtedness under the Company’s credit facilities with respect to any collateral securing such indebtedness. The Convertible Senior Debentures are not guaranteed by any of Euronet’s subsidiaries and, accordingly, are effectively subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of Euronet’s subsidiaries, including trade creditors. The Company and its subsidiaries are not restricted under the indenture from incurring additional secured indebtedness or other additional indebtedness.
On October 4, 2005, the Company completed the sale of $175 million of 3.5% Contingent Convertible Debentures Due 2025 (“Convertible Debentures”). The Company received net proceeds from the sale of $169.9 million, after fees totaling $5.1 million. The Convertible Debentures have an interest rate of 3.5% per annum payable semi-annually in April and October, and are convertible into a total of 4.3 million shares of Euronet Common Stock at a conversion price of $40.48 per share if certain conditions are met (relating to the closing prices of Euronet common stock exceeding certain thresholds for specified periods). The Company will pay contingent interest, during any six-month period commencing with the period from October 15, 2012 through April 14, 2013, and for each six-month period thereafter for which the average trading price of the debentures for the applicable five trading-day period preceding such applicable interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the debentures. Contingent interest will equal 0.35% per annum of the average trading price of a debenture for such five trading-day periods. The Convertible Debentures may not be redeemed by the Company until October 20, 2012 but are redeemable at any time thereafter at par. Holders of the Convertible Debentures have the option to require the Company to purchase their debentures at par on October 15, 2012, 2015 and 2020, or upon a change in control of the Company. These terms and other material terms and conditions applicable to the Convertible Debentures are set forth in the indenture governing the debentures. In connection with the Convertible Debentures, the Company recorded $5.1 million in debt issuance costs, which is being amortized over seven years, the term of the initial put option by the holders of the Convertible Debentures. The Convertible Debentures are general unsecured obligations, and are subordinated in right of payment to all obligations under “Senior Debt,” which is defined to include secured credit facilities (including secured replacements, renewals or refinancings

80


Table of Contents

thereof, including with different lenders and in higher amounts) and will rank equally in right of payment with all other existing and future unsecured obligations and senior in right of payment to all future subordinated indebtedness. The Convertible Debentures will not be subordinated in right of payment to the remaining $70 million of 1.625% Convertible Senior Debentures described above. The Convertible Debentures will be effectively subordinated to any existing and future secured indebtedness, with respect to any collateral securing such indebtedness and all liabilities of Euronet’s subsidiaries. The Convertible Debentures are not guaranteed by any of Euronet’s subsidiaries and, accordingly, are effectively subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of Euronet’s subsidiaries, including trade creditors. The Company and its subsidiaries are not restricted under the indenture from incurring additional secured indebtedness, Senior Debt or other additional indebtedness.
In connection with the completion of the acquisition of RIA during April 2007, the Company entered into a $290 million secured syndicated credit facility consisting of a $190 million seven-year term loan, which was fully-drawn at closing, and a $100 million five-year revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) that replaced the previous $50 million revolving credit facility. The $190 million seven-year term loan bears interest at LIBOR plus 200 basis points or prime plus 100 basis points and contains a 1% per annum original principal amortization requirement, payable quarterly, with the remaining balance outstanding due in April 2014. The $100 million revolving line of credit bears interest at LIBOR or prime plus a margin that adjusts each quarter based upon the Company’s consolidated total leverage ratio, and expires in April 2012. The term loan may be expanded by up to an additional $150 million and the revolving credit facility may be expanded by up to an additional $25 million, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions, including pro-forma debt covenant compliance. The Credit Facility contains certain mandatory prepayments, customary events of default and financial covenants, including leverage ratios. Financing costs of $4.8 million have been deferred and are being amortized over the terms of the respective loans. Euronet and certain subsidiaries have guaranteed the repayment of obligations under the Credit Facility and have granted security interests in the shares (or other equity interests) of certain subsidiaries along with a security interest in certain other personal property collateral of Euronet and certain subsidiaries. The weighted average interest rate of the Company’s borrowings under the term loan was 5.5% and 7.1% as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
During April 2008, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Facility to, among other items, (i) change the definition of one of the financial covenants in the original agreement to exclude the effect of certain one-time expenses and (ii) allow for the repurchase of up to $70 million aggregate principal amount of the $140 million in Convertible Senior Debentures Due 2024. The Company incurred costs of $0.6 million in connection with the amendment, which will be recognized as additional interest expense over the remaining term of the Credit Facility. During February 2009, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Facility. See Note 26, Subsequent Events, for further discussion about the amendment.
As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $16.7 million in borrowing and $30.9 million in stand-by letters of credit/bank guarantees outstanding against the revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had $62.2 million in borrowings and $25.3 million in stand-by letters of credit/bank guarantees outstanding against the revolving credit facility. Stand-by letters of credit/bank guarantees are generally used to secure trade credit and performance obligations. The Company pays an interest rate for stand-by letters of credit/bank guarantees at a rate that adjusts each quarter based upon the Company’s consolidated total leverage ratio. At December 31, 2008 the stand-by letter of credit interest charges were 1.25% per annum. Because the revolving credit agreements expire beyond one year, the borrowings were classified as long-term debt obligations in the December 31, 2008 and 2007 Consolidated Balance Sheets. The weighted average interest rate of the Company’s borrowings under the revolving credit facility was 5.3% and 7.0% as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company repaid $32.0 million of the term loan, of which $1.9 million was pursuant to mandatory repayments, while $30.1 million represented prepayment of amounts not yet due and resulted in the Company recognizing a $0.5 million loss on early retirement of debt. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company repaid $26.0 million of the term loan, of which $1.4 million was pursuant to mandatory repayments, while $24.6 million represented prepayment of amounts not yet due and resulted in the Company recognizing a $0.4 million loss on early retirement of debt.
As of December 31, 2008, aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt are $71.9 million in 2009, $1.9 million in 2010, $1.9 million in 2011, $193.7 million in 2012, $1.9 million in 2013 and $122.5 million in periods thereafter. This maturity schedule reflects amounts borrowed under the revolving credit agreement maturing in 2012 and the term loan maturing in 2014, consistent with the contractual maturities of the agreements. For Convertible Debentures, the maturity schedule reflects due dates that coincide with the terms of the initial put options by the holders of the Convertible Debentures.
(13) DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
During the second quarter 2007, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements for a total notional amount of $50 million to manage interest rate exposure related to a portion of the term loan as required under the agreement, which currently bears interest at LIBOR plus 200 basis points. The interest rate swap agreements are determined to be cash flow hedges and effectively convert $50 million of the term loan to a fixed interest rate of 7.3% through the May 2009 maturity date of the swap agreements. The Company recorded liabilities of $0.8 million in the accrued expenses and other current liabilities caption on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2008 and $1.0 million in other long-term liabilities as of December 31, 2007 to recognize the fair

81


Table of Contents

values of the swap agreements. The impact to accumulated other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was a gain of $0.2 million and a loss of $1.0 million, respectively. The fair values of swap agreements are based on the LIBOR swap rate, credit spreads and other relevant market conditions. The fair values represent the net amount the Company would have been required to pay at December 31, 2008 and 2007 to terminate the positions. If the Company does not terminate these swap agreements prior to the maturity date, the fair value will be zero and no payment will be required to be made.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had foreign currency derivatives contracts, including forward contracts and swap agreements, outstanding with a notional value of $56.5 million and $52.6 million, respectively, primarily in euros, which were not designated as hedges and had a weighted average maturity of five days as of each date.
(14) EQUITY PRIVATE PLACEMENT
During March 2007, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain accredited investors to issue and sell 6,374,528 shares of Common Stock in a private placement. The offering price for the shares was $25.00 per share and the gross proceeds of the offering were approximately $159.4 million. The net proceeds from the sale, after deducting commissions and expenses, were approximately $154.3 million.
(15) LEASES
(a) Capital leases
The Company leases certain of its ATMs and computer equipment under capital lease agreements that expire between 2009 and 2014 and bear interest at rates between 3.6% and 20.7%. The lessors for these leases hold a security interest in the equipment leased under the respective capital lease agreements. Lease installments are paid on a monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis. Certain leases contain a bargain purchase option at the conclusion of the lease period.
The gross amount of the ATMs and computer equipment and related accumulated amortization recorded under capital leases as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
                 
    As of December 31,  
(in thousands)   2008     2007  
ATMs
  $ 36,361     $ 34,185  
Other
    2,238       3,837  
 
           
Subtotal
    38,599       38,022  
 
               
Less accumulated amortization
    (26,917 )     (25,960 )
 
           
 
               
Total
  $ 11,682     $ 12,062  
 
           
(b) Operating leases
The Company has non-cancelable operating leases, which expire over the next ten years. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 amounted to $24.6 million, $20.5 million and $12.9 million, respectively.

82


Table of Contents

(c) Future minimum lease payments
Future minimum lease payments under the capital leases and the noncancelable operating leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year) as of December 31, 2008 are:
                 
    Capital     Operating  
(in thousands)   Leases     Leases  
Year ending December 31, 2009
  $ 5,510     $ 18,775  
2010
    4,221       14,691  
2011
    1,990       11,013  
2012
    528       6,998  
2013
    224       3,903  
thereafter
    2       5,037  
 
           
 
Total minimum lease payments
    12,475     $ 60,417  
 
             
 
               
Less amounts representing interest
    (1,505 )        
 
             
 
               
Present value of net minimum capital lease payments
    10,970          
 
               
Less current portion of obligations under capital leases
    (4,614 )        
 
             
 
               
Obligations under capital lease obligations, less current portion
  $ 6,356          
 
             
(16) TAXES
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse. Deferred tax benefit (expense) is generally the result of changes in the assets and liabilities for deferred taxes.
The sources of income (loss) before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are presented as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
Income (loss) from continuing operations:
                       
United States
  $ (169,597 )   $ 32,971     $ 22,833  
Europe
    (27,288 )     22,753       31,559  
Asia Pacific
    13,087       24,572       5,275  
 
                 
 
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (183,798 )     80,296       59,667  
 
                 
 
                       
Discontinued operations — Europe
    (1,071 )     967       629  
 
                 
 
                       
Total income (loss) before income taxes
  $ (184,869 )   $ 81,263     $ 60,296  
 
                 

83


Table of Contents

The Company’s income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 attributable to continuing operations consisted of the following:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
Current tax expense:
                       
U.S.
  $ 536     $ 5,720     $ 246  
Foreign
    24,242       24,096       14,221  
 
                 
 
                       
Total current
    24,778       29,816       14,467  
 
                 
 
                       
Deferred tax expense (benefit):
                       
U.S.
  $ (7,650 )   $ 5,168     $ 439  
Foreign
    (6,900 )     (7,225 )     (612 )
 
                 
 
                       
Total deferred
    (14,550 )     (2,057 )     (173 )
 
                 
 
                       
Total tax expense
  $ 10,228     $ 27,759     $ 14,294  
 
                 
The differences that caused Euronet’s effective income tax rates related to continuing operations to vary from the federal statutory rate applicable to our U.S tax profile, which was 35% for 2008 and 2007 and 34% for 2006, were as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
U.S. federal income tax expense (benefit) at applicable statutory rate
  $ (64,284 )   $ 28,224     $ 20,287  
Tax effect of:
                       
State income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rates
    (8,405 )     1,716       753  
Non-deductible expenses
    2,501       2,640       2,201  
Share-based compensation
    726       1,910       532  
Other permanent differences
    (7,820 )     2,592       4,343  
Difference between U.S. federal and foreign tax rates
    (5,154 )     (5,901 )     (4,547 )
Impairment of goodwill
    20,340              
Provision in excess of foreign statutory rates
    43       813       573  
Change in valuation allowance
    74,538       (5,480 )     (8,066 )
Other
    (2,257 )     1,245       (1,782 )
 
                 
 
                       
Total income tax expense
  $ 10,228     $ 27,759     $ 14,294  
 
                 
 
                       
Effective tax rate
    (5.6 %)     34.6 %     24.0 %

84


Table of Contents

The tax effect of temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities from continuing operations are as follows:
                 
    As of December 31,  
(in thousands)   2008     2007  
Deferred tax assets:
               
Tax loss carryforwards
  $ 37,704     $ 31,640  
Share-based compensation
    5,759       5,109  
Accrued interest
    2       1,883  
Accrued expenses
    5,304       5,889  
Billings in excess of earnings
    1,060       675  
Property and equipment
    3,038       3,926  
Goodwill and intangible amortization
    52,655        
Deferred financing costs
    1,541       1,378  
Intercompany notes
    12,364        
Other
    3,518       2,779  
 
           
 
               
Gross deferred tax assets
    122,945       53,279  
 
               
Valuation allowance
    (85,102 )     (8,903 )
 
           
 
               
Net deferred tax assets
    37,843       44,376  
 
           
 
               
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Intangibles related to purchase accounting
    (16,138 )     (25,989 )
Tax amortizable goodwill
    (4,382 )     (9,913 )
Accrued expenses
    (915 )     (2,185 )
Intercompany notes
          (10,631 )
Investment securities
    (2,442 )     (2,322 )
Accrued interest
    (23,502 )     (22,814 )
Earnings in excess of billings
    (513 )     (410 )
Capitalized research and development
    (1,020 )     (823 )
Property and equipment
    (2,475 )     (2,384 )
Investment in affiliates
    (2,158 )     (935 )
Other
    (3,792 )     (3,791 )
 
           
 
               
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (57,337 )     (82,197 )
 
           
 
               
Net deferred tax liabilities
  $ (19,494 )   $ (37,821 )
 
           
Subsequently recognized tax benefits relating to the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2008 will be allocated to income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Operations with the following exceptions. The tax benefit of net operating losses generated from share based compensation have been excluded from the amounts disclosed for Tax Loss Carry Forwards and Valuation Allowance to the extent the benefit will be recognized in equity if realized. The excluded tax benefit of $20.8 million will be allocated to additional paid in capital when utilized to offset taxable income.
As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company’s U.S. federal and foreign tax loss carryforwards were $167.8 million, $150.3 million and $135.1 million, respectively, and U.S. state tax loss carryforwards were $56.4 million, $60.4 million and $60.7 million, respectively.
In assessing the Company’s ability to realize deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will only realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the existing valuation allowances at December 31, 2008.

85


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2008, the Company had U.S. federal and foreign tax net operating loss carryforwards of $167.8 million, which will expire as follows:
                 
Year ending December 31, (in thousands)   Gross     Tax Effected  
2009
  $ 1,297     $ 246  
2010
    2,749       697  
2011
    6,365       1,610  
2012
    3,174       798  
2013
    8,001       1,678  
thereafter
    138,757       46,438  
Unlimited
    7,409       1,409  
 
           
 
               
Total
  $ 167,752     $ 52,876  
 
           
In addition, the Company’s state tax net operating losses of $56.4 million will expire periodically from 2009 through 2028.
Except for a portion of the earnings of ATX Software, Ltd., no provision has been made in the accounts as of December 31, 2008 for U.S. federal income taxes which would be payable if the undistributed earnings of the foreign subsidiaries were distributed to the Company since management has determined that the earnings are permanently reinvested in this foreign operation. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. income tax liabilities and foreign tax credits, if any, is not practicable to calculate at this time. In the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company held provisions for U.S. federal income taxes payable on the undistributed earnings of ATX Software, Ltd., e-pay Australia Pty Ltd. and e-pay New Zealand Pty Ltd. Due to a reorganization of the share ownership of e-pay Australia Pty Ltd. and e-pay New Zealand Pty Ltd., management has determined that a provision is no longer necessary for these entities.
The Company is subject to corporate income tax audits in each of its various taxing jurisdictions. Although, the Company believes that its tax positions comply with applicable tax law, a taxing authority could take a position contrary to that reported by the Company and assess additional taxes due. The Company believes it has made adequate provisions for identified exposures.
On December 15, 2004, the Company completed the sale of $140 million of 1.625% stated interest convertible senior debentures in a private offering. Additionally, on October 4, 2005, the Company completed the sale of $175 million of 3.5% stated interest convertible debentures in a private offering. Pursuant to the rules applicable to contingent payment debt instruments, the holders are generally required to include amounts in their taxable income, and the issuer is able to deduct such amounts from its taxable income, based on the rate at which Euronet would issue a non-contingent, non-convertible, fixed-rate debt instrument with terms and conditions otherwise similar to those of the convertible debentures. Euronet has determined that amount to be 9.05% and 8.50% for the 1.625% convertible senior debentures and 3.5% convertible debentures, respectively, which is substantially in excess of the stated interest rate. In the event the convertible debentures are repurchased, redeemed, or converted at an amount less than the adjusted issue price for tax purposes, ordinary income is recognized by the Company to the extent of the prior excess tax deductions. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company repurchased in privately negotiated transactions $70 million in principal amount of the $140 million of 1.625% Contingent Convertible Senior Debentures. The convertible debentures were repurchased for less than the adjusted issue price for tax purposes, resulting in the recognition of taxable income of approximately $23.2 million in excess of the gain recognized for book purposes on the transactions.
An issuer of convertible debt may not deduct any premium paid upon its repurchase of such debt if the premium exceeds a normal call premium. This denial of an interest deduction, however, does not apply to accruals of interest based on the comparable yield of a convertible debt instrument. Nonetheless, the anti-abuse regulation, set forth in Section 1.1275(g) of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”), grants the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service authority to depart from the regulation if a result is achieved which is unreasonable in light of the original issue discount provisions of the Code, including Section 163(e). The anti-abuse regulation further provides that the Commissioner may, under this authority, treat a contingent payment feature of a debt instrument as if it were a separate position. If such an analysis were applied to the debentures described above and ultimately sustained, our deductions for these debentures could be limited to the stated interest. The scope of the application of the anti-abuse regulations is unclear. The Company believes that the application of the Contingent Debt Regulations to the debentures is a reasonable result such that the anti-abuse regulation should not apply. If a contrary position were asserted and ultimately sustained, our tax deductions would be severely diminished; however, such a contrary position would not have any adverse impact on our reported tax expense, because there has been minimal tax benefit recognized for the difference between the stated interest and the comparable yield of the debentures.

86


Table of Contents

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands):   2008     2007  
Beginning balance
  $ 7,375     $ 5,916  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
    892       2,033  
Additions for tax positions of prior years
    629       367  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
    (592 )     (587 )
Settlements
    (66 )     (354 )
 
           
 
               
Ending balance
  $ 8,238     $ 7,375  
 
           
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, approximately $2.2 million and $3.3 million, respectively, of the unrecognized tax benefits would impact the Company’s provision for income taxes and effective tax rate, if recognized. Total estimated accrued interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes was $1.1 million and $0.5 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The following tax years remain open in the Company’s major jurisdictions as of December 31, 2008:
         
 
  Poland    2004 through 2008
 
  U.S. (Federal)    2000 through 2008
 
  Spain    2004 through 2008
 
  Australia    2004 through 2008
 
  U.K.    2004 through 2008
 
  Germany    2002 through 2008
The application of FIN 48 requires significant judgment in assessing the outcome of future tax examinations and their potential impact on the Company’s estimated effective tax rate and the value of deferred tax assets, such as those related to the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards. It is reasonably possible that amounts reserved for potential exposure could significantly change as a result of the conclusion of tax examinations and, accordingly, materially affect our operating results.
(17) VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Accounts receivable balances are stated net of allowance for doubtful accounts. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant write-offs. The Company records allowances for doubtful accounts when it is probable that the accounts receivable balance will not be collected. The following table provides a summary of the allowance for doubtful accounts balances and activity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
Beginning balance-allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 6,194     $ 2,078     $ 1,995  
Additions-charged to expense
    3,415       2,225       1,711  
Amounts written off
    (794 )     (555 )     (1,819 )
Impact of acquisition of RIA (See Note 6)
          2,244        
Other (primarily changes in foreign currency exchange rates)
    630       202       191  
 
                 
 
                       
Ending balance-allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 9,445     $ 6,194     $ 2,078  
 
                 
(18) STOCK PLANS
The Company has established, and shareholders have approved, share compensation plans (“SCPs”) that allow the Company to grant restricted shares, or options to purchase shares, of Common Stock to certain current and prospective key employees, directors and

87


Table of Contents

consultants of the Company. These awards generally vest over periods ranging from three to seven years from the date of grant, are generally exercisable during the shorter of a ten-year term or the term of employment arrangement with the Company. Certain stock options granted during 2008 vest over a five year period, subject to the achievement of a pre-determined share price target for Euronet common stock within three years from the grant date. With the exception of certain awards made to the Company’s employees in Germany, awards under the SCP plans are settled through the issuance of new shares under the provisions of the SCPs. For Company employees in Germany, certain awards are settled through the issuance of treasury shares, which also reduces the number of shares available for future issuance under the SCPs. As of December 31, 2008, the Company has approximately 1.0 million in total shares remaining available for issuance under the SCPs.
The Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations includes share-based compensation expense of $8.5 million, $7.7 million and $7.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The amounts are recorded as salaries and benefits expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company recorded a tax benefit of $0.7 million, $0.4 million and $0.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, for the portion of this expense that relates to foreign tax jurisdictions in which an income tax benefit is expected to be derived.
(a) Stock options
Summary stock options activity is presented in the table below:
                                 
                    Weighted    
            Weighted   Average   Aggregate
            Average   Remaining   Intrinsic
    Number of   Exercise   Contractual   Value
    Shares   Price   Term (years)   (thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2007 (1,323,294 shares exercisable)
    1,685,102     $ 13.64                  
Granted
    1,851,518     $ 10.10                  
Exercised
    (78,938 )   $ 9.54                  
Forfeited
    (33,650 )   $ 16.28                  
Expired
    (40,838 )   $ 18.72                  
 
                               
 
                               
Balance at December 31, 2008
    3,383,194     $ 11.71       7.3     $ 6,429  
 
                               
 
                               
Exercisable at December 31, 2008
    1,392,439     $ 12.67       3.9     $ 3,633  
 
                               
 
                               
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2008
    2,956,194     $ 11.94       6.9     $ 5,784  
 
                               
Options outstanding that are expected to vest are net of estimated future option forfeitures. The Company received cash of $0.8 million, $7.0 million and $12.9 million in connection with stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The intrinsic value of these options exercised was $0.6 million, $7.6 million and $34.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested stock options that are expected to vest totaled $6.5 million and will be recognized over the next 5 years, with an overall weighted average period of 4.9 years. The following table provides the fair value of options granted under the SCP during 2008 and 2007, together with a description of the assumptions used to calculate the fair value using the Black-Scholes or Monte Carlo simulation models:
                 
    Year Ended   Year Ended
    2008   2007
Volatility
    53.0 %     53.9 %
Risk-free interest rate — weighted average
    2.2 %     4.9 %
Risk-free interest rate — range
  2.0% to 2.3%     4.9 %
Dividend yield
    0.0 %     0.0 %
Assumed forfeitures
    8.0 %     0.0 %
Expected lives
  7.1 years   6.5 years
Weighted-average fair value (per share)
  $ 4.28     $ 17.09  
(b) Restricted stock
Restricted stock awards vest based on the achievement of time-based service conditions and/or performance-based conditions. For certain awards, vesting is based on the achievement of more than one condition of an award with multiple time-based and/or performance-based conditions.

88


Table of Contents

Summary restricted stock activity is presented in the table below:
                 
            Weighted
            Average Grant
    Number of   Date Fair
    Shares   Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2007
    1,418,393     $ 28.87  
Granted
    734,935     $ 15.05  
Vested
    (226,146 )   $ 26.45  
Forfeited
    (264,655 )   $ 27.82  
 
               
 
               
Nonvested at December 31, 2008
    1,662,527     $ 23.48  
 
               
The fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $3.4 million, $2.9 million and $0.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, there was $26.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted stock, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.5 years. The weighted average grant date fair value of restricted stock granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $15.05, $29.62 and $28.48 per share, respectively.
(c) Employee stock purchase plans
In 2003, the Company established a qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), which allows qualified employees (as defined by the plan documents) to participate in the purchase of rights to purchase designated shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a price equal to the lower of 85% of the closing price at the beginning or end of each quarterly offering period. The Company reserved 500,000 shares of Common Stock for purchase under the ESPP. Pursuant to the ESPP, during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 the Company issued 59,983, 49,500 and 41,492 rights, respectively, to purchase shares of Common Stock at a weighted average price per share of $18.38, $24.19 and $24.00, respectively. The grant date fair value of the option to purchase shares at the lower of the closing price at the beginning or end of the quarterly period, plus the actual total discount provided, are recorded as compensation expense. Total compensation expense recorded was $0.3 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 and $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The following table provides the weighted average fair value of the ESPP stock purchase rights during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and the assumptions used to calculate the fair value using the Black-Scholes pricing model:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2008   2007   2006
Volatility — weighted average
    52.2 %     40.4 %     31.6 %
Volatility — range
  35.8% to 99.8 %   27.1% to 52.3 %   28.0% to 34.7 %
Risk-free interest rate — weighted average
    2.1 %     4.3 %     4.2 %
Risk-free interest rate — range
  0.9% to 3.3 %   3.1% to 5.0 %   4.0% to 4.5 %
Dividend yield
    0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
Expected lives
  3 months   3 months   3 months
Weighted-average fair value (per share)
  $ 5.14     $ 5.18     $ 4.88  
(19) BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
Euronet’s reportable operating segments have been determined in accordance with SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.” Effective January 1, 2007, the Company began reporting and managing the operations of the EFT Processing Segment and the former Software Solutions Segment on a combined basis. Additionally, as a result of the acquisition of RIA in April 2007, the Company began reporting the Money Transfer Segment. The Company’s former money transfer business, which was not significant, was previously reported within the Prepaid Processing Segment. Previously reported amounts have been adjusted to reflect these changes, which did not impact the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. As a result of these changes, the Company currently operates in the following three reportable operating segments.
  1)   Through the EFT Processing Segment, the Company processes transactions for a network of ATMs and POS terminals across Europe, the Middle East and Asia Pacific. The Company provides comprehensive electronic payment solutions consisting of ATM network participation, outsourced ATM and POS management solutions, credit and debit card outsourcing and electronic recharge services for prepaid mobile airtime. Through this segment, the Company also offers a suite of integrated electronic financial transaction (“EFT”) software solutions for electronic payment and transaction delivery systems.

89


Table of Contents

  2)   Through the Prepaid Processing Segment, the Company provides electronic distribution of prepaid mobile airtime and other prepaid products and collection services in Europe, the Middle East, Asia Pacific and North America.
 
  3)   Through the Money Transfer Segment, the Company provides global money transfer and bill payment services through a sending network of agents and Company-owned stores primarily in North America and Europe, disbursing money transfers through a worldwide payer network.
In addition, in its administrative division, “Corporate Services, Eliminations and Other,” the Company accounts for non-operating activity, certain intersegment eliminations and the costs of providing corporate and other administrative services to the three segments. These services are not directly identifiable with the Company’s reportable operating segments.
The following tables present the segment results of the Company’s operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
                                         
    For the year ended December 31, 2008  
                            Corporate        
                            Services,        
    EFT     Prepaid     Money     Eliminations        
(in thousands)   Processing     Processing     Transfer     and Other     Consolidated  
Total revenues
  $ 205,257     $ 609,106     $ 231,302     $     $ 1,045,665  
 
                             
 
                                       
Operating expenses:
                                       
Direct operating costs
    93,414       495,971       114,457             703,842  
Salaries and benefits
    34,944       28,574       50,543       15,037       129,098  
Selling, general and administrative
    19,398       22,098       34,673       9,249       85,418  
Goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment
          50,681       169,396             220,077  
Depreciation and amortization
    19,195       16,441       19,383       1,232       56,251  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total operating expenses
    166,951       613,765       388,452       25,518       1,194,686  
 
                             
 
                                       
Operating income (loss)
    38,306       (4,659 )     (157,150 )     (25,518 )     (149,021 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    296       7,151       267       2,897       10,611  
Interest expense
    (3,693 )     (1,056 )     (115 )     (19,674 )     (24,538 )
Income (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates
    183       1,149             (82 )     1,250  
Impairment loss on investment securities
                      (18,760 )     (18,760 )
Gain on early retirement of debt
                      5,546       5,546  
Foreign exchange gain (loss), net
                      (9,821 )     (9,821 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Total other income (expense)
    (3,214 )     7,244       152       (39,894 )     (35,712 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest
    35,092       2,585       (156,998 )     (65,412 )     (184,733 )
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (9,788 )     (17,148 )     25,585       (8,877 )     (10,228 )
Minority interest
    250       685                   935  
 
                             
 
                                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 25,554     $ (13,878 )   $ (131,413 )   $ (74,289 )   $ (194,026 )
 
                             
Segment assets as of December 31, 2008
  $ 203,889     $ 685,680     $ 410,288     $ 140,267     $ 1,440,124  
Property and equipment as of December 31, 2008
  $ 57,346     $ 13,404     $ 17,184     $ 1,598     $ 89,532  

90


Table of Contents

                                         
    For the year ended December 31, 2007  
                            Corporate        
                            Services,        
    EFT     Prepaid     Money     Eliminations        
(in thousands)   Processing     Processing     Transfer     and Other     Consolidated  
Total revenues
  $ 174,049     $ 569,858     $ 158,759     $     $ 902,666  
 
                             
 
                                       
Operating expenses:
                                       
Direct operating costs
    74,879       464,874       83,795             623,548  
Salaries and benefits
    31,874       27,493       32,705       13,217       105,289  
Selling, general and administrative
    14,952       20,567       21,459       5,811       62,789  
Federal excise tax refund
          (12,191 )                 (12,191 )
Depreciation and amortization
    16,197       16,302       13,670       828       46,997  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total operating expenses
    137,902       517,045       151,629       19,856       826,432  
 
                             
 
                                       
Operating income (loss)
    36,147       52,813       7,130       (19,856 )     76,234  
 
                             
 
                                       
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    249       5,340       1,566       9,095       16,250  
Interest expense
    (4,416 )     (4,851 )     (1,257 )     (15,602 )     (26,126 )
Income (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates
    (26 )     546             388       908  
Loss on early retirement of debt
                      (427 )     (427 )
Foreign exchange gain, net
                      15,497       15,497  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total other income (expense)
    (4,193 )     1,035       309       8,951       6,102  
 
                             
 
                                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest
    31,954       53,848       7,439       (10,905 )     82,336  
Income tax (expense) benefit
    468       (12,194 )     7,563       (23,596 )     (27,759 )
Minority interest
    302       (2,342 )                 (2,040 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 32,724     $ 39,312     $ 15,002     $ (34,501 )   $ 52,537  
 
                             
Segment assets as of December 31, 2007
  $ 215,087     $ 781,176     $ 699,305     $ 190,588     $ 1,886,156  
Property and equipment as of December 31, 2007
  $ 58,143     $ 13,638     $ 13,957     $ 2,599     $ 88,337  

91


Table of Contents

                                         
    For the year ended December 31, 2006  
                            Corporate        
                            Services,        
    EFT     Prepaid     Money     Eliminations        
(in thousands)   Processing     Processing     Transfer     and Other     Consolidated  
Total revenues
  $ 144,515     $ 467,651     $ 3,210     $     $ 615,376  
 
                             
 
                                       
Operating expenses:
                                       
Direct operating costs
    56,851       376,329       1,932             435,112  
Salaries and benefits
    27,417       22,561       2,353       13,285       65,616  
Selling, general and administrative
    12,069       17,011       1,863       4,343       35,286  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,900       14,128       357       205       28,590  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total operating expenses
    110,237       430,029       6,505       17,833       564,604  
 
                             
 
                                       
Operating income (loss)
    34,278       37,622       (3,295 )     (17,833 )     50,772  
 
                             
 
                                       
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    379       4,508       23       8,734       13,644  
Interest expense
    (3,276 )     (1,077 )     3       (10,369 )     (14,719 )
Income from unconsolidated affiliates
    (402 )     1,062                   660  
Foreign exchange gain, net
                      10,287       10,287  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total other income (expense)
    (3,299 )     4,493       26       8,652       9,872  
 
                             
 
                                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest
    30,979       42,115       (3,269 )     (9,181 )     60,644  
Income tax expense
    (5,993 )     (7,972 )     (179 )     (150 )     (14,294 )
Minority interest
    346       (1,323 )                 (977 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 25,332     $ 32,820     $ (3,448 )   $ (9,331 )   $ 45,373  
 
                             
During the third quarter 2008, the Company adjusted the allocation of goodwill by component related to the acquisition of RIA. The adjustment had no impact on total goodwill reported on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, but changed the goodwill and total assets reported by geographic location. The adjustment had no impact on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows. Total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, and property and equipment and total assets, as adjusted, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, summarized by geographic location, were as follows:
                                                         
    Revenues     Property & Equipment, net     Total Assets  
    For the year ended     as of December 31,     as of December 31,  
(in thousands)   2008     2007     2006     2008     2007     2008     2007  
U.S.
  $ 252,535     $ 219,299     $ 100,455     $ 13,204     $ 14,970     $ 354,774     $ 676,322  
U.K.
    203,449       236,137       184,557       3,503       4,090       228,431       329,077  
Australia
    169,663       120,909       100,291       2,332       1,440       177,545       120,785  
Poland
    98,075       74,648       58,770       27,791       28,203       73,288       71,059  
Germany
    78,337       58,720       47,276       8,615       8,932       169,157       164,510  
Spain
    77,755       65,661       41,749       3,610       2,639       129,901       247,570  
India
    37,182       31,459       20,769       2,189       3,348       20,087       24,136  
Other
    128,669       95,833       61,509       28,288       24,715       286,941       252,697  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Total
  $ 1,045,665     $ 902,666     $ 615,376     $ 89,532     $ 88,337     $ 1,440,124     $ 1,886,156  
 
                                         
Revenues are attributed to countries based on location of the customer, with the exception of software sales made by our software subsidiary, which are attributed to the U.S.

92


Table of Contents

(20) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
(a) Concentrations of credit risk
Euronet’s credit risk primarily relates to trade accounts receivable and cash and cash equivalents. Euronet’s EFT Processing Segment’s customer base includes the most significant international card organizations and certain banks in the Company’s markets. The Prepaid Processing Segment’s customer base is diverse and includes several major retailers and/or distributors in markets that they operate. The Money Transfer Segment trade accounts receivable are primarily due from independent agents that collect cash from customers on the Company’s behalf and generally remit the cash within one week. Euronet performs ongoing evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and limits the amount of credit extended, or purchases credit enhancement protection, when deemed necessary, but generally requires no collateral. See Note 17, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts, for further disclosure.
The Company invests excess cash not required for use in operations primarily in high credit quality, short-term duration securities that the Company believes bear minimal risk. The two counterparties to the Company’s interest rate swap agreements are U.S.-based multi-national banks.
(b) Fair value of financial instruments
The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable and short-term debt obligations approximates fair value, due to their short maturities. The carrying value of the Company’s term loan due 2014 and revolving credit agreements approximate fair value because interest is based on LIBOR that resets at various intervals less than one year. The following table provides the estimated fair values of the Company’s other financial instruments, based on quoted market prices or significant other observable inputs.
                                 
    As of December 31,
    2008   2007
    Carrying           Carrying    
(in thousands)   Value   Fair Value   Value   Fair Value
Available-for-sale investment securities
  $ 1,351     $ 1,351     $ 20,562     $ 20,562  
1.625% convertible senior debentures, unsecured, due 2024
    70,000       63,522       140,000       149,804  
3.50% convertible debentures, unsecured, due 2025
    175,000       112,131       175,000       182,821  
Interest rate swaps related to floating rate debt
    (830 )     (830 )     (994 )     (994 )
Foreign currency derivative contracts
    278       278       (328 )     (328 )
The Company’s assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis are set forth in the following table:
                 
    Fair Value Measurements as of
    December 31, 2008 Using
    Quoted Prices   Significant
    in Active   Other
    Markets for   Observable
Assets (liabilities) (in thousands)   Identical Assets   Inputs
Available-for-sale investment securities
  $ 1,351     $  
Interest rate swaps related to floating rate debt
          (830 )
Foreign currency derivative contracts
          278  
The Company values available-for-sale investment securities using quoted prices from the securities’ primary exchange. Interest rate swaps are valued using present value measurements based on the LIBOR swap rate, credit spreads and other relevant market conditions. Foreign currency derivative contracts are valued using foreign currency quotes for similar assets and liabilities.

93


Table of Contents

(21) COMPUTER SOFTWARE TO BE SOLD
Euronet engages in software development activities to continually improve the Company’s core software products. The following table provides the detailed activity related to capitalized software development costs of continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2008     2007     2006  
Beginning balance-capitalized development cost
  $ 2,078     $ 1,516     $ 1,440  
Additions
    2,010       1,410       1,050  
Amortization
    (1,262 )     (848 )     (974 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net capitalized development cost
  $ 2,826     $ 2,078     $ 1,516  
 
                 
Research and development costs expensed for the years ending December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $1.4 million, $1.6 million and $2.1 million, respectively.
(22) LITIGATION AND CONTINGENCIES
Litigation
During 2005, a former cash supply contractor in Central Europe (the “Contractor”) claimed that the Company owed it approximately $2.0 million for the provision of cash during the fourth quarter 1999 and first quarter 2000 that had not been returned. This claim was made after the Company terminated its business with the Contractor and established a cash supply agreement with another supplier. During 2006, the Contractor initiated legal action in Budapest, Hungary regarding the claim. In April 2007, an arbitration tribunal awarded the Contractor $1.0 million, plus $0.2 million in interest, under the claim, which was recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses of the Company’s EFT Processing Segment.
Contingencies
On January 12, 2007, the Company signed a stock purchase agreement to acquire La Nacional and certain of its affiliates (“La Nacional”), subject to regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions. In connection with this agreement, on January 16, 2007 the Company deposited $26 million in an escrow account created for the proposed acquisition. The escrowed funds were not permitted to be released except upon mutual agreement of the Company and La Nacional’s stockholder or through legal remedies available in the agreement.
On April 5, 2007, the Company gave notice to the stockholder of La Nacional of the termination of the stock purchase agreement, alleging certain breaches of the terms thereof by La Nacional and requested the release of the $26 million held in escrow under the terms of the agreement. La Nacional’s stockholder denied such breaches occurred, contested such termination and did not consent to our request for release of the escrowed funds. While pursuing all legal remedies available to us, we engaged in negotiations with La Nacional and its stockholder to determine whether the dispute could be resolved through revised terms for the acquisition or some other mutually agreeable method.
On January 10, 2008, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with La Nacional and its stockholder evidencing the parties’ mutual agreement not to consummate the acquisition of La Nacional, in exchange for payment by Euronet of a portion of the legal fees incurred by La Nacional. Among other terms and conditions, the settlement agreement contains mutual releases in connection with litigation and provided for the release to the Company of the $26 million held in escrow, plus interest earned on the escrowed funds. In connection with the settlement, the Company recorded $1.3 million in deferred acquisition costs and other settlement costs during 2007.
In addition, from time to time, the Company is a party to litigation arising in the ordinary course of its business. Currently, there are no legal proceedings that management believes, either individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect upon the consolidated results of operations or financial condition of the Company. The Company expenses legal costs in connection with loss contingencies when incurred.
(23) FEDERAL EXCISE TAX REFUND
During 2006, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) announced that Internal Revenue Code Section 4251 (relating to communications excise tax) will no longer apply to, among other services, prepaid mobile airtime services such as those offered by the Company’s Prepaid Processing Segment’s U.S. operations. Additionally, companies that paid this excise tax during the period beginning on

94


Table of Contents

March 1, 2003 and ending on July 31, 2006, are entitled to a credit or refund of amounts paid in conjunction with the filing of 2006 federal income tax returns. During the fourth quarter 2007, the IRS completed an initial field examination confirming the amount of the claim and, therefore, the Company recorded $12.2 million for the amount of the refund claimed as a reduction to operating expenses of the Prepaid Processing Segment and as an other current asset. Additionally, the Company received approximately $1.6 million in interest on the amount claimed, which was recorded as interest income in 2008.
(24) GUARANTEES
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had $44.8 million and $30.7 million, respectively, of stand-by letters of credit/bank guarantees issued on its behalf. Of this amount $8.4 million and $1.7 million, respectively, are collateralized by cash deposits held by the respective issuing banks.
Euronet regularly grants guarantees in support of obligations of subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2008, the Company granted off balance sheet guarantees for cash in various ATM networks amounting to $18.6 million over the terms of the cash supply agreements and performance guarantees amounting to approximately $26.9 million over the terms of the agreements with the customers.
From time to time, Euronet enters into agreements with unaffiliated parties that contain indemnification provisions, the terms of which may vary depending on the negotiated terms of each respective agreement. The amount of such potential obligations is generally not stated in the agreements. Our liability under such indemnification provisions may be mitigated by relevant insurance coverage and may be subject to time and materiality limitations, monetary caps and other conditions and defenses. Such indemnification obligations include the following:
    In connection with contracts with financial institutions in the EFT Processing Segment, the Company is responsible for damages to ATMs and theft of ATM network cash that, generally, is not recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. As of December 31, 2008, the balance of ATM network cash for which the Company was responsible was approximately $415 million. The Company maintains insurance policies to mitigate this exposure;
 
    In connection with the license of proprietary systems to customers, Euronet provides certain warranties and infringement indemnities to the licensee, which generally warrant that such systems do not infringe on intellectual property owned by third parties and that the systems will perform in accordance with their specifications;
 
    Euronet has entered into purchase and service agreements with vendors and consulting agreements with providers of consulting services, pursuant to which the Company has agreed to indemnify certain of such vendors and consultants, respectively, against third-party claims arising from the Company’s use of the vendor’s product or the services of the vendor or consultant;
 
    In connection with acquisitions and dispositions of subsidiaries, operating units and business assets, the Company has entered into agreements containing indemnification provisions, which can be generally described as follows: (i) in connection with acquisitions made by Euronet, the Company has agreed to indemnify the seller against third party claims made against the seller relating to the subject subsidiary, operating unit or asset and arising after the closing of the transaction, and (ii) in connection with dispositions made by Euronet, Euronet has agreed to indemnify the buyer against damages incurred by the buyer due to the buyer’s reliance on representations and warranties relating to the subject subsidiary, operating unit or business assets in the disposition agreement if such representations or warranties were untrue when made;
 
    Euronet has entered into agreements with certain third parties, including banks that provide fiduciary and other services to Euronet or to the Company’s benefit plans. Under such agreements, the Company has agreed to indemnify such service providers for third party claims relating to the carrying out of their respective duties under such agreements; and
 
    The Company has issued surety bonds in compliance with money transfer licensing requirements of the applicable governmental authorities.
The Company is also required to meet minimum capitalization and cash requirements of various regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which the Company has money transfer operations. To date, the Company is not aware of any significant claims made by the indemnified parties or third parties to guarantee agreements with the Company and, accordingly, no liabilities were recorded as of December 31, 2008 or 2007.
(25) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
See Note 6, Acquisitions, for a description of notes payable, deferred payment and additional equity issued and contingently issuable to the former business owners (now Euronet shareholders) in connection with various acquisitions.

95


Table of Contents

The Company leases an airplane from a company owned by Mr. Michael J. Brown, Euronet’s Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors, and Mr. Daniel R. Henry, who was a member of Euronet’s Board of Directors until February 6, 2008. The airplane is leased for business use on a per flight hour basis with no minimum usage requirement. Euronet incurred $0.3 million during 2008, $0.2 million in 2007 and less than $0.1 million during 2006, in expenses for the use of this airplane.
(26) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
During February 2009, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Facility to, among other items, (i) (a) grant the Company the ability to repurchase the remaining $70 million of outstanding 1.625% Convertible Senior Debentures Due 2024 and (b) repurchase its 3.5% Convertible Debentures Due 2025 prior to any repurchase date using proceeds of a qualifying refinancing, the proceeds of a qualifying equity issuance or shares of common stock; (ii) revise the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and the covenant regarding maintenance of Consolidated Net Worth to exclude the effect of non-cash charges for impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets for the periods ending December 31, 2008 and thereafter; and (iii) broaden or otherwise modify various definitions of provisions related to Indebtedness, Liens, Permitted Disposition, Debt Transactions, Investments and other matters. Additionally, the lenders acknowledged that we have sufficient liquidity with respect to the December 15, 2009 repurchase date for the 1.625% Convertible Senior Debentures. The Company incurred costs of approximately $1.5 million in connection with the amendment, which will be recognized as additional interest expense over the remaining term of the Credit Facility.
(27) SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)
                                 
    First   Second   Third   Fourth
(in thousands, except per share data)   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter
Year Ended December 31, 2008:
                               
Net revenues
  $ 244,793     $ 264,450     $ 280,703     $ 255,719  
Operating income (loss)
  $ 13,231     $ 17,298     $ 18,768     $ (198,318 )
Net income (loss)
  $ (6,836 )   $ 7,787     $ 5,768     $ (201,816 )
Earnings (loss) per common share:
                               
Basic
  $ (0.14 )   $ 0.16     $ 0.12     $ (4.04 )
Diluted (1)
  $ (0.14 )   $ 0.15     $ 0.11     $ (4.04 )
 
                               
Year Ended December 31, 2007:
                               
Net revenues
  $ 167,043     $ 233,465     $ 241,725     $ 260,433  
Operating income
  $ 11,838     $ 15,316     $ 17,559     $ 31,521  
Net income
  $ 9,461     $ 8,496     $ 15,921     $ 19,626  
Earnings per common share:
                               
Basic
  $ 0.25     $ 0.18     $ 0.33     $ 0.40  
Diluted (1)
  $ 0.23     $ 0.17     $ 0.31     $ 0.37  
 
(1)   With the exceptions of the first and fourth quarters 2008 and the second quarter 2007, the assumed conversion of the Company’s $140 million 1.625% convertible debentures under the “if-converted” method was dilutive and, accordingly, the impact has been included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share for these periods.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Our executive management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act as of December 31, 2008. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

96


Table of Contents

CHANGE IN INTERNAL CONTROLS
There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROLS OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
To the Stockholders of Euronet Worldwide, Inc.:
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an effective internal control over financial reporting as this term is defined under Rule 13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) and has made organizational arrangements providing appropriate divisions of responsibility and has established communication programs aimed at assuring that its policies, procedures and principles of business conduct are understood and practiced by its employees. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
Management of Euronet Worldwide, Inc. assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. In making this assessment, it used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on these criteria and our assessment, we have determined that, as of December 31, 2008, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their audit report.
     
/s/ Michael J. Brown
 
Michael J. Brown
   
Chief Executive Officer
   
 
   
/s/ Rick L. Weller
 
Rick L. Weller
   
Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer
   
March 2, 2009
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.

97


Table of Contents

PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information under “Election of Directors,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Compliance” and “Corporate Governance” in the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders for 2009, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 31, 2008, is incorporated herein by reference. Information concerning our Code of Ethics for our employees, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is set forth under “Availability of Reports, Certain Committee Charters, and Other Information” in Part I and incorporated herein by reference. Information concerning executive officers is set forth under “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part I and incorporated herein by reference.
We intend to satisfy the requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K to disclose any amendments to our Code of Ethics and any waiver from a provision of our Code of Ethics by posting such information on our Web site at www.euronetworldwide.com under Investors/Corporate Governance.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information under “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Disclosure and Analysis” and “Compensation Committee Report” in the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders for 2009, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 31, 2008, is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information under “Ownership of Common Stock by Directors and Executive Officers” and “Election of Directors” in the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders for 2009, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 31, 2008, is incorporated herein by reference. See Part II, Item 5 – Equity Compensation Plan Table.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence” in the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders for 2009, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 31, 2008, is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information under “Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy” and “Fees of the Company’s Independent Auditors” in the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders for 2009, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 31, 2008, is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) List of Documents Filed as Part of this Report.
1. Financial Statements
The Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, together with the report of KPMG LLP, appear in Part II Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Form 10-K.
2. Schedules
None.
3. Exhibits
The exhibits that are required to be filed or incorporated by reference herein are listed in the Exhibit Index below.

98


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
     
EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC.
   
 
   
Date: February 27, 2009
  /s/ Michael J. Brown
 
   
 
  Michael J. Brown
 
  Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive
 
  Officer and Director (principal executive officer)
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on this 27th day of February 2009.
     
Signature   Title
 
   
/s/ Michael J. Brown
 
Michael J. Brown
  Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)
 
   
/s/ Rick L. Weller
 
Rick L. Weller
  Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)
 
   
/s/ Paul S. Althasen
 
Paul S. Althasen
  Director 
 
   
/s/ Andzrej Olechowski
 
Andzrej Olechowski
  Director 
 
   
/s/ Eriberto R. Scocimara
 
Eriberto R. Scocimara
  Director 
 
   
/s/ Thomas A. Mcdonnell
 
Thomas A. McDonnell
  Director 
 
   
/s/ Andrew B. Schmitt
 
Andrew B. Schmitt
  Director 
 
   
/s/ M. Jeannine Strandjord
 
M. Jeannine Strandjord
  Director 

99


Table of Contents

EXHIBITS
Exhibit Index
     
Exhibit   Description
 
   
2.1
  Stock Purchase Agreement dated November 21, 2006 by and among Euronet Payments & Remittance, Inc., Euronet Worldwide, Inc.; the Fred Kunik Family Trust and the Irving Barr Living Trust (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 28, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
2.2
  First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 2, 2007, by and among Euronet Payments & Remittance, Inc., Euronet Worldwide, Inc., the Fred Kunik Family Trust and the Irving Barr Living Trust (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 9, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
2.3
  Second Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 4, 2007, by and among Euronet Payments & Remittance, Inc., Euronet Worldwide, Inc., the Fred Kunik Family Trust and the Irving Barr Living Trust (filed as Exhibit 2.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 9, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
3.1
  Certificate of Incorporation of Euronet Worldwide, Inc., as amended (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 on Form S-8 on August 10, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
3.2
  Amended and Restated Bylaws of Euronet Worldwide, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
4.1
  Rights Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2003, between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A. (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 24, 2003 (File No. 001-31648), and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
4.2
  First Amendment to Rights Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2003, between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A. (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 4, 2003 (File No. 001-31648), and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
4.3
  Indenture, dated as of December 15, 2004, between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association (filed as Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on January 26, 2005, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
4.4
  Specimen 1.625% Convertible Senior Debenture Due 2024 (Certificated Security) (filed as Exhibit 4.14 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A filed on February 5, 2005, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
4.5
  Indenture, dated as of October 4, 2005, between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 26, 2005, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
4.6
  Specimen 3.50% Convertible Debenture Due 2025 (Certificated Security) (included in Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A filed on November 10, 2005, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
4.7
  Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2007, among Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and the Purchasers as listed on Exhibit A thereto (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed March 14, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
4.8
  Form of Contingent Value Rights Agreement, entered into April 4, 2007 with each of the Irving Barr Living Trust and the Fred Kunik Family Trust, granting each contingent value rights associated with 1,842,549 shares of common stock (included as Exhibit B to the Stock Purchase Agreement filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 28, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein)

100


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit   Description
 
   
4.9
  Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement, entered into April 4, 2007 with each of the Irving Barr Living Trust and the Fred Kunik Family Trust, granting each stock appreciation rights with respect to 1,842,549 shares of common stock (included as Exhibit C to the Stock Purchase Agreement filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 28, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
10.1
  Euronet Long-Term Incentive Stock Option Plan (1996), as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2004, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.2
  Euronet Worldwide, Inc. Stock Option Plan (1998), as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2004, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.3
  Euronet Worldwide, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (Amended and Restated) (included as Appendix B to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed on April 20, 2004, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.4
  Rules and Procedures for Euronet Matching Stock Option Grant Program (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Company’s Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2002 and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.5
  Employment Agreement executed in January 2003, between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and John Romney, Managing Director, Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) (filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2005, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.6
  Asset Purchase Agreement among Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and Meflur S.L. dated November 3, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2005, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
10.7
  Form of Employee Restricted Stock Grant Agreement pursuant to Euronet Worldwide, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.8
  Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Executives and Directors pursuant to Euronet Worldwide, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.39 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 28, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.9
  Credit Agreement dated as of April 4, 2007 among Euronet Worldwide, Inc., and certain subsidiaries and affiliates, as borrowers, certain subsidiaries and afiliates, as guarantors, the lenders party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, California Bank & Trust, as synidication agent and Citibank, N.A., as documentation agent (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
10.10
  Euronet Worldwide Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (Amended and Restated) (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.11
  Employment Agreement dated June 19, 2007 between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and Kevin J. Caponecchi (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 25, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.12
  Euronet Worldwide, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 29, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.13
  Letter Agreement dated January 30, 2008 between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and John Romney for Confirmation of Terms of Resignation (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 29, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.14
  Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement dated April 23, 2008 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein)

101


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit   Description
 
   
10.15
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement executed in March 2008 and effective April 25, 2008 between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and Miro Bergman, Executive Vice President and Chief Operatons Officer, Prepaid Processing Segment (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.16
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated April 10, 2008 between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and Michael J. Brown, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.17
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated April 10, 2008 between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and Rick L. Weller, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.18
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated April 10, 2008 between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and Jeffrey B. Newman, Executive Vice President and General Counsel (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.19
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated April 10, 2008 between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and Juan C. Bianchi, Executive Vice President and Managing Director, Money Transfer Segment (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.20
  Employment Agreement dated May 11, 2008 between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and Gareth Gumbley, Managing Director, Prepaid Processing Segment (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 7, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.21
  Form of Indemnification Agreement, (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
10.22
  Form of Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement dated February 18, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 19, 2009, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
12.1
  Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (1)
 
   
21.1
  Subsidiaries of the Registrant (1)
 
   
23.1
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (1)
 
   
31.1
  Section 302 — Certification of Chief Executive Officer (1)
 
   
31.2
  Section 302 — Certification of Chief Financial Officer (1)
 
   
32.1
  Section 906 Certification of Chief Executive Officer (1)
 
   
32.2
  Section 906 Certification of Chief Financial Officer (1)
 
(1)   Filed herewith.
 
(2)   Management contracts and compensatory plans and arrangements required to be filed as Exhibits pursuant to Item 15(a) of this report.
PLEASE NOTE: Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, we have filed or incorporated by reference the agreements referenced above as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The agreements have been filed to provide investors with information regarding their respective terms. The agreements are not intended to provide any other factual information about the Company or its business or operations. In particular, the assertions embodied in any representations, warranties and covenants contained in the agreements may be subject to qualifications with respect to knowledge and materiality different from those applicable to investors and may be qualified by information in confidential disclosure schedules not included with the exhibits. These disclosure schedules may contain information that modifies, qualifies and creates exceptions to the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in the agreements. Moreover, certain representations, warranties and covenants in the agreements may have been used for the purpose of allocating risk between the parties, rather than establishing matters as facts. In addition, information concerning the subject matter of the representations, warranties and covenants may have changed after the date of the respective agreement, which subsequent information may or may not be fully reflected in the Company’s public disclosures. Accordingly, investors should not rely on the representations, warranties and covenants in the agreements as characterizations of the actual state of facts about the Company or its business or operations on the date hereof.

102